Wiring Diagrams

Transcription

Wiring Diagrams

FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide
information on the electrical system of the 1995 SUPRA.
Applicable models:
JZA 80 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the above
models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the
following manuals:
Manual Name
1995 SUPRA Repair Manual
Volume 1
Volume 2
1995 TOYOTA New Car Features
Pub. No.
RM408U1
RM408U2
NCF109U
All information in this manual is based on the latest product
information at the time of publication. However, specifications
and procedures are subject to change without notice.
TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
NOTICE
When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,
installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair
manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint
system malfunction.
1
INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:
No.
Section
Description
INDEX
Index of the contents of this manual.
INTRODUCTION
Brief explanation of each section.
B
HOW TO USE
THIS MANUAL
Instructions on how to use this manual.
C
TROUBLE–
SHOOTING
Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D
ABBREVIATIONS
Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
E
GLOSSARY OF
TERMS AND
SYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F
RELAY LOCATIONS
Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G
ELECTRICAL
WIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
H
POWER SOURCE
(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical
loads.
INDEX
Index of the system circuits.
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through
ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and
classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the
section, “How to use this manual”).
The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also
contained in this section.
J
GROUND POINTS
Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
K
OVERALL
ELECTRICAL
WIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
A
I
2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by
dividing them into a circuit for each system.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source
is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown
with the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where
the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying
power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground
Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit
to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to find
each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring
harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal
wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection
within a junction block.
Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from
, to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagram
at the end of this manual.
3
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the
actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
4
A
: System Title
B
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only
the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the
J/B.
Example:
C
J
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the
numeral indicates the pin No.)
B
= Black
L
BR
= Brown
LG = Light Green
V
G
= Green
O
= Orange
W = White
P
= Pink
Y
GR = Gray
Explanation of pin use.
= Blue
= Violet
= Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the
second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example:
L–Y
(Blue)
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only
include those in the specification.
D
R = Red
K
: Connector Color
(Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for the
Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” for
the Body).
Example:
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
E
: (
) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,
etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or
specification is different.
F
: Indicates related system.
G
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness
connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is
shown with arrows (
).
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the
shaded section.
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and
wiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’s
location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the
Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the
Body and Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and second
letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),
this indicates the same type of wiring harness and
wiring harness connector.
H
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The
code is the same as the code used in parts position.
I
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.
and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction
Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other
parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for
further clarification).
L
: Page No.
M
: Indicates a shielded cable.
N
: Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)
indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the
Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and
Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and
Surrounding area.
O
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and male
connectors.
Example:
Numbered in order
from upper left to
lower right
Numbered in order
from upper right to
lower left
Example:
3B indicates
that it is inside
Junction Block
No. 3.
P
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the
parts connector name used in the wire routing section
is shown in square brackets [
].
5
Q
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW
CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL
3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILL
POINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
2.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL
3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL
2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.
THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.
THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT
BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3.
DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2
FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW
STOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4.
PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF
THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL
7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS
STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.
SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
R
SERVICE HINTS
P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
S
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
SEE PAGE
21
P4
21
P3
21
P5
21
T
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
1
U
16
RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3B
V
SEE PAGE
14
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
26
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1
26
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
W
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
X
SEE PAGE
24
GROUND POINT LOCATION
COWL LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
6
CODE
P2
SEE PAGE
24
WIRE HARNESSES WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
P6
SEE PAGE
21
Q : Explains the system outline.
R : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
S
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order
in parts starting with that letter.
Example: P 4
Part is 4th in order
Power Window Master SW
T
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the
system circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the
instrument panel.
U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system
circuit.
Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this
manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
V
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female
wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described
on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
X
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
HINT:
Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5,
J6, J7, J8, J9) in this manual include a short
terminal which is connected to a number of
wire harnesses. Always perform inspection
with the short terminal installed. (When
installing the wire harnesses, the harnesses
can be connected to any position within the
short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other
vehicles, the same position in the short
terminal may be connected to a wire harness
from a different part.)
Wire harness sharing the same short terminal
grouping have the same color.
7
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)
transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are
explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
8
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When
troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the
problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points (
,
, and
shown below) can also be
checked this way.
GROUND POINTS
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
9
TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK
(a)
Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:
(b)
– Ignition SW on
– Ignition SW and SW 1 on
– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good
ground point or negative battery terminal, and the
positive lead to the connector or component terminal.
This check can be done with a test light instead of a
voltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK
(a)
(b)
Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.
Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check
again.
When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side
and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be
continuity.
When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no
continuity.
(c)
10
Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V
minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
(a)
Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.
(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.
(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.
Example:
– Ignition SW on
– Ignition SW and SW 1 on
– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)
(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.
The short lies between the connector where the test
light stays lit and the connector where the light goes
out.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking
the problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:
(a)
(b)
Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless
absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are
touched, the IC may be destroyed by static
electricity.)
When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part)
of the digital meter, be careful that no part of your
body or clothing comes in contact with the
terminals of leads from the IC, etc. of the
replacement part (spare part).
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE
CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the
wire harness.
HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting
before pulling apart.
11
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL
(with terminal retainer or secondary locking
device)
1.
PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please
construct and use the special tool or like object shown
on the left.
2.
DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
3.
DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR
TERMINAL RETAINER.
(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the
terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal
removed from the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the
secondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:
Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.
For Non–Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: The needle insertion position varies according
to the connector’s shape (number of terminals
etc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“Case 1”
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary
lock position.
“Case 2”
Open the secondary locking device.
12
For Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: Terminal retainer color is
according to connector body.
different
Example:
Terminal Retainer: Connector Body
Black or White : Gray
Black or White : Dark Gray
Gray or White
: Black
“Case 1”
Type where terminal retainer is pulled up
to the temporary lock position (Pull Type).
Insert the special tool into the terminal
retainer access hole ( Mark) and pull the
terminal retainer up to the temporary lock
position.
HINT: The needle insertion position varies
according to the connector’s shape
(Number of terminals etc.), so check the
position before inserting it.
“Case 2”
Type which cannot be pulled as far as
Power Lock insert the tool straight into the
access hole of terminal retainer as shown.
13
TROUBLESHOOTING
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock
position.
(c)
4.
Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the
terminal out from rear.
INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR
(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:
1.
Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.
2.
Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.
3.
Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.
(b)
5.
14
Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer
in to the full lock position.
CONNECT CONNECTOR
TROUBLESHOOTING / ABBREVIATIONS
DISCONNECTION AND CONNECTION OF BOLT
TYPE CONNECTORS
For engine control module (engine and electronically controlled
transmission ECU) in this vehicle, connectors are used which
require a bolt built into the connector to be screwed down to
securely connect the connector.
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector
After completely loosening the bolt, the two parts of the
connector can be separated.
NOTICE:
Do not pull the wire harness when disconnecting the
connector.
Connect the connector
NOTICE:
Before connecting the connector, always check that the
terminals are not bent or damaged.
(a)
(b)
Match the guide section of the male connector
correctly with the female connector, then press them
together.
Tighten the bolt.
Make sure the connectors are completely connected,
by tightening the bolt until there is a clearance of less
than 1 mm (0.04 in.) between the bottom of male
connector and the end of female connector.
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
ABS
A/C
ACIS
A/T
COMB.
ECU
EFI
EGR
EVAP
ISC
J/B
LH
M/T
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Anti–Lock Brake System
Air Conditioning
Acoustic Control Induction System
Automatic Transmission
Combination
Electronic Control Unit
Electronic Fuel Injection
Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Evaporative Emission
Idle Speed Control
Junction Block
Left-Hand
Manual Transmission
O/D
PPS
R/B
RH
SFI
SRS
SW
TDCL
TEMP.
TRAC
VSV
w/
w/o
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Overdrive
Progressive Power Steering
Relay Block
Right–Hand
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection
Supplemental Restraint System
Switch
Total Diagnostic Communication Link
Temperature
Traction Control System
Vacuum Switching Valve
With
Without
* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated
as being abbreviations.
15
ABBREVIATIONS
DISCONNECTION AND CONNECTION OF BOLT
TYPE CONNECTORS
For engine control module (engine and electronically controlled
transmission ECU) in this vehicle, connectors are used which
require a bolt built into the connector to be screwed down to
securely connect the connector.
1.
2.
Disconnect the connector
After completely loosening the bolt, the two parts of the
connector can be separated.
NOTICE:
Do not pull the wire harness when disconnecting the
connector.
Connect the connector
NOTICE:
Before connecting the connector, always check that the
terminals are not bent or damaged.
(a)
(b)
Match the guide section of the male connector
correctly with the female connector, then press them
together.
Tighten the bolt.
Make sure the connectors are completely connected,
by tightening the bolt until there is a clearance of less
than 1 mm (0.04 in.) between the bottom of male
connector and the end of female connector.
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
ABS
A/C
ACIS
A/T
COMB.
ECU
EFI
EGR
EVAP
ISC
J/B
LH
M/T
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Anti–Lock Brake System
Air Conditioning
Acoustic Control Induction System
Automatic Transmission
Combination
Electronic Control Unit
Electronic Fuel Injection
Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Evaporative Emission
Idle Speed Control
Junction Block
Left-Hand
Manual Transmission
O/D
PPS
R/B
RH
SFI
SRS
SW
TDCL
TEMP.
TRAC
VSV
w/
w/o
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Overdrive
Progressive Power Steering
Relay Block
Right–Hand
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection
Supplemental Restraint System
Switch
Total Diagnostic Communication Link
Temperature
Traction Control System
Vacuum Switching Valve
With
Without
* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated
as being abbreviations.
15
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
BATTERY
Stores chemical energy and
converts it into electrical energy.
Provides DC current for the auto’s
various electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)
A small holding unit for temporary
storage of electrical voltage.
HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight
filament to heat up and emit light.
1. SINGLE
A headlight may have either a
FILAMENT single (1) filament or a double (2)
filament.
2. DOUBLE
FILAMENT
HORN
An electric device which sounds a
loud audible signal.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
An electric resistance heating
element.
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit
breaker will heat and open if too
much current flows through it. Some
units automatically reset when cool,
others must be manually reset.
IGNITION COIL
Converts low–voltage DC current
into high–voltage ignition current
for firing the spark plugs.
DIODE
A semiconductor which allows
current flow in only one direction.
(for Medium Current Fuse)
(for High Current Fuse or
Fusible Link.)
16
DIODE, ZENER
A diode which allows current flow
in one direction but blocks reverse
flow only up to a specific voltage.
Above that potential, it passes the
excess voltage. This acts as a
simple voltage regulator.
LIGHT
Current flow through a filament
causes the filament to heat up
and emit light.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIA
Channels high–voltage current
from the ignition coil to the
individual spark plugs.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)
Upon current flow, these diodes
emit light without producing the
heat of a comparable light.
FUSE
A thin metal strip which burns
through when too much current
flows through it, thereby stopping
current flow and protecting a
circuit from damage.
METER, ANALOG
Current flow activates a magnetic
coil which causes a needle to
move, thereby providing a relative
display against a background
calibration.
FUSIBLE LINK
A heavy–gauge wire placed in
high amperage circuits which
burns through on overloads,
thereby protecting the circuit.
The numbers indicate the cross–
section surface area of the wires.
GROUND
The point at which wiring attaches
to the Body, thereby providing a
return path for an electrical circuit;
without a ground, current cannot
flow.
FUEL
M
METER, DIGITAL
Current flow activates one or
many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent
displays, which provide a relative
or digital display.
MOTOR
A power unit which converts
electrical energy into mechanical
energy, especially rotary motion.
RELAY
1. NORMALLY
CLOSED
2. NORMALLY
OPEN
Basically, an electrically
operated switch which may
be normally closed (1) or
open (2).
Current flow through a
small coil creates a
magnetic field which either
opens or closes an
attached switch.
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW
A relay which passes current
through one set of contacts or the
other.
SPEAKER
An electromechanical device
which creates sound waves from
current flow.
SWITCH, MANUAL
1. NORMALLY
OPEN
2. NORMALLY
CLOSED
Opens and
closes circuits,
thereby
stopping (1) or
allowing (2)
current flow.
RESISTOR
An electrical component with a
fixed resistance, placed in a circuit
to reduce voltage to a specific
value.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW
A switch which continuously
passes current through one set
of contacts or the other.
RESISTOR, TAPPED
A resistor which supplies two or
more different non adjustable
resistance values.
SWITCH,
IGNITION
A key operated switch with
several positions which allows
various circuits, particularly the
primary ignition circuit, to
become operational.
RESISTOR, VARIABLE or
RHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with a
variable rate of resistance.
Also called a potentiometer or
rheostat.
SENSOR (Thermistor)
A resistor which varies its
resistance with temperature.
SWITCH, WIPER PARK
Automatically returns wipers to
the stop position when the wiper
switch is turned off.
SENSOR, ANALOG SPEED
Uses magnetic impulses to open
and close a switch to create a
signal for activation of other
components.
TRANSISTOR
A solidstate device typically used
as an electronic relay; stops or
passes current depending on the
voltage applied at “base.”
SHORT PIN
Used to provide an unbroken
connection within a junction block.
SOLENOID
An electromagnetic coil which
forms a magnetic field when
current flows, to move a plunger,
etc.
WIRES
Wires are always
(1) NOT
CONNECTED drawn as straight lines
on wiring diagrams.
Crossed wires (1)
without a black dot at
the junction are not
joined; crossed wires
(2) with a black dot or
octagonal ( ) mark at
the junction are spliced
(2) SPLICED
(joined) connections.
17
RELAY LOCATIONS
[Engine Compartment]
[Instrument Panel]
18
[Body]
[Seat]
19
RELAY LOCATIONS
: J/B No. 1
20
Left Kick Panel (See Page 18)
[J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit]
21
RELAY LOCATIONS
2
: R/B No. 2
,,,
,,,
,,,: J/B No. 2
22
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
4
: R/B No. 4
Left Kick Panel
(See Page 18)
5
: R/B No. 5
Engine Compartment Right
(See Page 18)
23
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[2JZ–GTE]
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor
2 A/C Condenser Fan Motor
3 A/C Triple Pressure SW
(A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW)
4 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor
5 A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor
6 ABS Actuator
7 ABS Actuator
10 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
11 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
B
B
1 Back–Up Light SW (for M/T)
2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
C
C
C
C
1
2
3
4
D
D
D
1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector)
2 Daytime Running Light Relay No. 3
3 Daytime Running Light Relay No. 3
E
E
E
1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor
2 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid
3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp. Sensor)
24
Camshaft Position Sensor No. 1
Camshaft Position Sensor No. 2
Crankshaft Position Sensor
Cruise Control Actuator
E
E
E
E
4
5
6
7
Engine Coolant Temp. Sender (Water Temp. Sender)
Engine Coolant Temp. SW (Water Temp. SW)
Engine Hood Courtesy SW
Engine Oil Level Sensor
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Front Airbag Sensor LH
Front Airbag Sensor RH
Front Fog Light and Parking Light LH
Front Fog Light and Parking Light RH
Front Side Marker Light LH
Front Side Marker Light RH
Front Turn Signal Light LH
Front Turn Signal Light RH
Front Wiper Motor
G
G
1 Generator (Alternator)
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
Headlight Hi LH
Headlight Hi RH
Headlight Lo LH
Headlight Lo RH
Heated Oxygen Sensor (Main)
Horn LH
Horn RH
[2JZ–GTE]
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
2
3
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve)
Igniter
Igniter
Ignition Coil No. 1
Ignition Coil No. 2
Ignition Coil No. 3
Ignition Coil No. 4
Ignition Coil No. 5
Ignition Coil No. 6
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 6
K
K
1 Knock Sensor (on Front Side)
2 Knock Sensor (on Rear Side)
M
1 Mass Air Flow (Air Flow Meter)
N
1 Noise Filter
O
O
1 O/D Direct Clutch Speed Sensor
2 Oil Pressure SW
P
P
1 PPS Solenoid
2 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW),
Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator Light SW
(for A/T)
R
R
R
1 Radiator Fan Motor
2 Radiator Fan Relay No. 1
3 Radiator Fan Relay No. 2
S
S
S
S
S
1
2
3
4
5
T
T
T
T
T
1
2
3
4
14
SFI Resistor (EFI Resistor)
Starter
Starter
Sub Throttle Actuator
Sub Throttle Position Sensor
Theft Deterrent Horn
Throttle Position Sensor
Traction Brake Actuator
Traction Pump and Motor
Turbo Pressure Sensor
V 2
V 3
V 4
V 5
V 6
V 7
V 8
V 10
V
W
VSV (for EGR)
VSV (for EVAP)
VSV (for Exhaust Bypass Valve)
VSV (for Exhaust Gas Control Valve)
VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up)
VSV (for Intake Air Control Valve)
VSV (for Waste Gate Valve)
Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1 (for
Combination Meter)
11 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 2 (for
Electronically Controlled Transmission)
1 Washer Motor
25
[2JZ–GE]
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor
A/C Dual Pressure SW
A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor
A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor
ABS Actuator
ABS Actuator
ABS Relay
ABS Relay
ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
B
B
1 Back-Up Light SW (for M/T)
2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
C
4 Cruise Control Actuator
D
D
1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector)
4 Distributor
E
1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor
26
E
E
E
E
2 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid
3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp.
Sensor)
4 Engine Coolant Temp. Sender (Water Temp.
Sender)
6 Engine Hood Courtesy SW
7 Engine Oil Level Sensor
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
G
G
E
Front Airbag Sensor LH
Front Airbag Sensor RH
Front Fog Light and Parking Light LH
Front Fog Light and Parking Light RH
Front Wiper Motor
[2JZ–GE]
H
H
H
H
H
H
1
2
3
4
8
9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
4
5
12
13
14
15
16
17
Headlight Hi LH
Headlight Hi RH
Headlight Lo LH
Headlight Lo RH
Horn LH
Horn RH
Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve)
Igniter
Ignition Coil
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 6
K
K
1 Knock Sensor (on Front Side)
2 Knock Sensor (on Rear Side)
M
2 Main Heated Oxygen Sensor
(for California on Front Side)
3 Main Heated Oxygen Sensor
(for California on Rear Side)
M
N
O
O
O
2 Oil Pressure SW
3 Oxygen Sensor (Except California on Front Side)
4 Oxygen Sensor (Except California on Rear Side)
P
P
P
1 PPS Solenoid
2 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW),
Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator Light SW
(for A/T)
3 Power Steering Pressure SW
S
S
2 Starter
3 Starter
T
T
1 Theft Deterrent Horn
2 Throttle Position Sensor
V 1
V 2
V 3
V 6
V 10
VSV (for ACIS)
VSV (for EGR)
VSV (for EVAP)
Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1
(for Combination Meter)
V 11 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 2
(for Electronically Controlled Transmission)
V 12 Volume Air Flow (Air Flow Meter)
1 Noise Filter
W
1 Washer Motor
27
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
B
B
28
A/C Amplifier
A/C Amplifier
A/C Amplifier
A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor
A/C Room Temp. Sensor
A/C Solar Sensor
ABS ECU
ABS ECU
ABS and Traction ECU
ABS Lateral Acceleration Sensor
Air Inlet Control Servo Motor
Air Mix Control Servo Motor
Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor
Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad)
Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)
Ashtray Illumination
Auto Antenna Control Relay
3 Blower Motor
4 Blower Motor Control Relay
B
B
B
5 Blower Motor Control Relay
6 Buckle SW LH
7 Buckle SW RH
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
D
D
D
D
5
6
7
8
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Cigarette Lighter
Cigarette Lighter Illumination
Clock
Clutch Start SW
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination SW
Combination SW
Cruise Control Clutch SW
Cruise Control ECU
Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)
Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)
Diode (for Interior Light)
Diode (for Idle-Up)
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
E
E
E
E
F
F
G
G
8 Electronically Controlled Transmission Pattern
Select SW
9 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU)
10 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically
11 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (Water Temp. Sensor)
(for A/C System)
10 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH
11 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH
3 Glove Box Light
4 Glove Box Light SW
H
H
H
H
10
11
12
13
Hazard SW
Heated Oxygen Sensor (Sub)
Heater Control SW
Heater Control SW
I
I
I
18 Ignition Key Cylinder Light
19 Ignition SW
20 Integration Relay
J
J
1 Junction Connector
2 Junction Connector
K
K
3 Key Interlock Solenoid
4 Kick Down SW
N
2 Noise Filter
O
5 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator Light (for Shift
Lever)
P
P
4 PPS ECU
5 Parking Brake SW
R
R
R
R
R
4
5
6
7
8
Radio and Player (w/o Stereo Power Amplifier)
Radio and Player (w/ Stereo Power Amplifier)
Remote Control Mirror SW
Rheostat
S 6 Seat Heater SW
S 7 Shift Lock ECU
S 8 Stereo Power Amplifier
S 11 Stop Light SW
S 16 Sub Heated Oxygen Sensor
(for California)
T
5 Telltale Light LH
T
6 Telltale Light RH
T
7 Theft Deterrent ECU
T
8 TRAC Off SW
T
9 Traction ECU
T 10 Traction ECU
T 13 Theft Deterrent ECU
U
1 Unlock Warning SW
29
Position of Parts in Body
A
A
A
31 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH
32 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH
33 Auto Antenna Motor
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Door Courtesy SW LH
Door Courtesy SW RH
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH
Door Lock Control SW RH
Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW LH
Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW RH
F
F
F
F
12
13
14
15
Front Door Speaker LH
Front Door Speaker RH
Fuel Pump and Sender
Fuel Pump ECU
H
14 High Mounted Stop Light
L
L
L
L
L
1
2
3
4
5
License Plate Light
Light Failure Sensor
Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW
Luggage Compartment Light
Luggage Compartment Light SW
N
P
P
P
6 Personal Light
7 Power Window Control SW RH
8 Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control
SW LH
P 9 Power Window Motor LH
P 10 Power Window Motor RH
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
T
T
11 Tension Reducer Solenoid LH
12 Tension Reducer Solenoid RH
W
30
3 Noise Filter
Rear Combination Light LH
Rear Combination Light RH
Rear Side Marker Light LH
Rear Side Marker Light RH
Rear Speaker LH
Rear Speaker RH
Rear Wiper Motor and Relay
Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LH
Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RH
Rear Window Defogger (+)
Rear Window Defogger (–)
2 Woofer (Speaker)
Position of Parts in Seat
P
P
11 Power Seat Control SW (for Driver’s Seat)
12 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Slide Control)
S
12 Seat Heater (for Driver’s Seat)
S 13 Seat Heater (for Passenger’s Seat)
S 14 Seat Heater Relay (for Driver’s Seat)
S 15 Seat Heater Relay (for Passenger’s Seat)
31
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
[2JZ–GTE]
: Location of Splice Points
32
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
EA1
EA2
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO.
NO 2)
33
[2JZ–GE]
34
CODE
EA1
EA3
NO 2)
35
36
CODE
IB1
IB2
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IB3
IB4
IB5
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IB6
IC1
IC2
FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ID1
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE1
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
IF2
IF3
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL REINFORCEMENT LH)
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
37
38
CODE
IG1
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEATER CONTROL SW)
IH1
IH2
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH)
IH3
II1
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
IJ2
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1
COWL NO. 4 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IL1
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
39
40
CODE
BM1
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT SIDE OF PACKAGE TRAY TRIM)
BO1
BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK DOOR UPPER LEFT)
BP1
FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE ROOM FRONT LH)
41
42
CODE
BQ1
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)
43
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link,
Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
(2JZ–GTE)
20A RAD No. 1
7.5A DOME
Taillight Relay
(Point Side)
30A FAN
7.5A ALT–S
50A HTR
15A HAZ–HORN
30A DOOR
60A ABS No. 1
15A FOG
15A STOP
Generator
(Alternator)
30A EFI No. 1
10A ECU–B
60A POWER
120A ALT
Starter
30A DEFOG
50A AM1 (For USA)
Ignition SW
(AM1)
60A AM1 (For Canada)
Battery
50A MAIN
15A HEAD (LH) (For USA)
15A HEAD (LH–LWR)
(For Canada)
(Canada)
(Canada)
Headlight Relay
15A HEAD (RH) (For USA)
15A HEAD (RH–LWR)
(For Canada)
7.5A DRL
30A EFI No. 2
30A ABS No. 2
Dimmer Relay (Daytime
7.5A TRAC
Running Light Relay No. 2)
15A HEAD (LH–UPR)
(For Canada)
15A HEAD (RH–UPR)
(For Canada)
(2JZ–GTE)
Ignition SW
(AM2)
30A AM2
7.5A IGN
(2JZ–GTE)
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which
the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system,
not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
44
(1)
: J/B No. 1 (See page 20
20)
(2)
(2JZ–GE)
: R/B No. 2 (See page22
19)
(3)
: R/B No. 4 (See page 23
23)
10A TAIL
10A PANEL
Rear Window
Defogger Relay
10A MIR–HTR
10A GAUGE
7.5A RAD No. 2
15A CIG
7.5A ST
20A WIPER
(Canada)
7.5A TURN
10A ECU–IG
7.5A HTR
(2JZ–GTE)
15A SEAT–HTR
Ignition Coil No. 1
Igniter
Ignition Coil No. 2
Injector No. 1
Ignition Coil No. 3
Injector No. 2
Ignition Coil No. 4
Injector No. 3
Ignition Coil No. 5
Injector No. 4
Ignition Coil No. 6
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 6
(2JZ–GTE)
Igniter
Noise Filter
(2JZ–GE)
(2JZ–GTE)
SFI Resistor
(EFI Resistor)
(2JZ–GE)
(4)
Engine Control
Module (Engine
and Electronically
Controlled
Transmission ECU)
Igniter
Ignition Coil
Noise Filter
20)
45
*1: (FOR CANADA)
*2: (FOR USA)
CB or Fuse
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
15A
15A
15A
20A
30A
30A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
20A
30A
30A
30A
30A
50A
50A
60A
60A
A9 A12 A14 A18 A19 A20 A22 A23 A24 A29 A30 A33 B1
B2 B4
Buckle SW RH
Buckle SW LH
Blower Motor Control Relay
Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
Back–Up Light SW (for M/T)
Auto Antenna Motor
Auto Antenna Control Relay
Ashtray Illumination
Air Inlet Control Servo Motor
ABS Lateral Acceleration
Sensor
ABS ECU
A6 A8
A4
A/C Amplifier
A3
ABS Relay
A2
B6 B7
HTR
IGN
RAD No. 2
ST
TURN
ECU–B
ECU–IG
GAUGE
MIR–HTR
PANEL
TAIL
CIG
SEAT–HTR
STOP
WIPER
DEFOG
DOOR
ALT–S
DOME
DRL
TRAC
FOG
HAZ–HORN
HEAD (LH) *2
HEAD (LH–LWR) *1
HEAD (LH–UPR) *1
HEAD (RH) *2
HEAD (RH–LWR) *1
HEAD (RH–UPR) *1
RAD No. 1
ABS No. 2
EFI No. 1
EFI No. 2
FAN
HTR
MAIN
ABS No. 1
POWER
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
46
ABS Actuator
Location
Code or
Location
159
208
159
164
159 159 228
159 159 164 164
228 122 210 210 116
228 206 206
164
228
164
220
A/C Single Pressure SW
[A/C Triple Pressure SW]
A/C Magnetic Clutch and
Lock Sensor
Parts
228 228 228
A/C Condenser Fan Motor
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
(1)
20)
(2)
19)
(3)
23)
Brake Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Combination Meter
C5 C6
C7
C8
C9
(4)
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15 C16
D1
96
D2
96
Data Link Connector 2
(TDCL)
140 70 82
111 126 203 174 150 140 150
174 159 164
197
Daytime Running Light
Relay No. 3
(Check Connector)
Cruise Control ECU
94
96
102
108
122
Cruise Control Clutch SW
70
140
94
94
122 82 111 150 220
111
106 129
96
96
181
220
228
Light Control SW
[Comb. Meter]
Turn Signal SW
[Comb. Meter]
Front Wiper and Washer
SW [Comb. Meter]
Rear Wiper and Washer
SW [Comb. Meter]
Horn SW [Comb. SW]
Fog Light SW [Comb. SW]
Dimmer SW [Comb. SW]
High Beam Indicator
Light [Comb. Meter]
Turn Signal Indicator
Light [Comb. Meter]
Combination Meter
Meter Illumination
[Comb. Meter]
Speedometer
[Comb. Meter]
Turn Signal Indicator
Light [Comb. Meter]
Clutch Start SW
Center Airbag Sensor
Assembly
Clock
140
150
164
174
220
Cigarette Lighter
Illumination
159
Cigarette Lighter
60 64
197 186 122 186 70 82
130 220
70
82
164
174
197
D3 D5
20)
47
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
15A
15A
15A
20A
30A
30A
HTR
IGN
RAD No. 2
ST
TURN
ECU–B
ECU–IG
GAUGE
MIR–HTR
PANEL
TAIL
CIG
SEAT–HTR
STOP
WIPER
DEFOG
DOOR
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
20A
30A
30A
30A
30A
50A
50A
60A
60A
ALT–S
DOME
DRL
TRAC
FOG
HAZ–HORN
HEAD (LH) *2
HEAD (LH–LWR) *1
HEAD (LH–UPR) *1
HEAD (RH) *2
HEAD (RH–LWR) *1
HEAD (RH–UPR) *1
RAD No. 1
ABS No. 2
EFI No. 1
EFI No. 2
FAN
HTR
MAIN
ABS No. 1
POWER
Front Wiper Motor
F4
E10 F3
E9
102 102
102 102 111 111 126
106 106
Front Fog Light and Parking
Light LH
Front Fog Light and Parking
Light RH
E8
Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission
ECU)
E7
70
82
140
150
228
E5
60 64
70 82
140 150
E4
Electronically Controlled
Transmission Pattern
Select SW
Door Key Lock and
Unlock SW LH
Transmission Solenoid
Engine Coolant Temp. Sender
(Water Temp. Sender)
Engine Coolant Temp. SW
(Water Temp. SW)
D8 D10 D11 D12 E2
Door Courtesy SW RH
D7
Door Courtesy SW LH
D6
112
Engine Oil Level Sensor
CB or Fuse
Diode (for Idle–Up)
Location
Code or
Location
Diode (for Interior Light)
Parts
118 118 118 140 220 228 220
Daytime Running Light
Relay (Main)
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
96
70
164 118 82
220
*1: (FOR CANADA)
*2: (FOR USA)
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
[LOCATION]
48
(1)
20)
(2)
19)
(3)
23)
F14 F15 G2
G3 G4
(4)
94
96
94
96
94
96
H1 H2
Headlight Lo LH
Headlight Lo RH
H3 H4 H5
Key Interlock Solenoid
License Plate Light
Light Failure Sensor
I18
I20
K3
L1
L2
70
94 96
102
70
118
184 102
118 118
82
82
102 108
114
140
122
L4
L5
M1 M2 M3
Noise Filter
Luggage Compartment
Light
Luggage Compartment
Light SW
Mass Air Flow
(Air Flow Meter)
Main Heated Oxygen Sensor
(for California, on Front Side)
Main Heated Oxygen Sensor
(for California, on Rear Side)
Integration Relay
H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H14 I1
Ignition Key Cylinder Light
111
122
70
114
122
228
Idle Air Control Valve
(ISC Valve)
High Mounted Stop Light
Heater Control SW
Heated Oxygen Sensor (Sub)
129 129
Hazard SW
Horn RH
70
Horn LH
Heated Oxygen Sensor (Main)
94
96
Headlight Hi RH
68 122 122
Headlight Hi LH
Glove Box Light SW
Glove Box Light
70
82
Generator (Alternator)
Fuel Pump ECU
Fuel Pump and Sender
220
82 208
N2
20)
49
P5 P6
P7 P8
P9 P10 P11 P12 R1
R2 R3 R4
R6 R7 R8
Back–Up Light LH
[Rear Comb. Light LH]
Rheostat
Remote Control Mirror SW
Radio and Player
(w/o Stereo Power Amplifier)
Radio and Player
(w/ Stereo Power Amplifier)
Radiator Fan Relay No. 2
Radiator Fan Relay No. 1
Radiator Fan Motor
Power Seat Control SW
(for Driver’s Seat)
Power Seat Motor
(for Driver’s Seat Slide Control)
Power Window Motor RH
Power Window Motor LH
Power Window Control
SW RH
Power Window Master SW
and Door Lock Control SW LH
PPS ECU
Personal Light
Park/Neutral Position SW
(Neutral Start SW), Back–Up
Light SW and A/T Indicator
Light SW (for A/T)
P4
Parking Brake SW
O/D Main SW
P2
Noise Filter
Location
159
122
181 164 118 136 136 136 136 190 190 228 228 228 210 122 188 122 116
220
218
O5
Code or
Location
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
15A
15A
15A
20A
30A
30A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
20A
30A
30A
30A
30A
50A
50A
60A
60A
64
82
130
150
220
N3 O2
Parts
CB or Fuse
60
70
116
140
174
Oil Pressure SW
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
122
208 220 140
150
*1: (FOR CANADA)
*2: (FOR USA)
R9
HTR
IGN
RAD No. 2
ST
TURN
ECU–B
ECU–IG
GAUGE
MIR–HTR
PANEL
TAIL
CIG
SEAT–HTR
STOP
WIPER
DEFOG
DOOR
ALT–S
DOME
DRL
TRAC
FOG
HAZ–HORN
HEAD (LH) *2
HEAD (LH–LWR) *1
HEAD (LH–UPR) *1
HEAD (RH) *2
HEAD (RH–LWR) *1
HEAD (RH–UPR) *1
RAD No. 1
ABS No. 2
EFI No. 1
EFI No. 2
FAN
HTR
MAIN
ABS No. 1
POWER
[LOCATION]
50
(1)
20)
(2)
19)
(3)
23)
R9
R10
(4)
Shift Lock ECU
Stereo Power Amplifier
Stereo Power Amplifier
Stop Light SW
Seat Heater
Seat Heater
(for Passenger’s Seat)
Seat Heater Relay
Seat Heater Relay
(for Passenger’s Seat)
Sub Heated Oxygen Sensor
(for California)
Theft Deterrent Horn
Traction Brake Actuator
Traction Pump and Motor
ABS Indicator Light
[Telltale Light LH]
R11 R12 R15 R16 R17 R18 S3
Seat Heater SW
Starter
Rear Window Defogger (+)
Remote Control Mirror and
Mirror Heater LH
Remote Control Mirror and
Mirror Heater RH
Rear Wiper Motor and Relay
Rear Side Marker Light RH
Rear Side Marker Light LH
Rear Turn Signal Light LH
Stop Light LH
Taillight LH
Back–Up Light RH
[Rear Comb. Light RH]
Rear Turn Signal Light RH
Stop Light RH
Taillight RH
111 114 102 116 111 114 102 102 102 203
188 188
60 122
210
208
184
210
208 208
64 192
214
70 82
114 140
150 159
164 174
184
192 192 192 192 82 130 164 164 159
S6 S7
S8
S9
S11
S12 S13 S14 S15 S16 T1
T3
T4
T5
20)
51
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
15A
15A
15A
20A
30A
30A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
15A
20A
30A
30A
30A
30A
50A
50A
60A
60A
V3 V4 V5
70
82
70
70
VSV (for Intake Air
Control Valve)
70
VSV (for Exhaust Bypass
Valve)
VSV (for Exhaust Gas
Control Valve)
T9 T11 T12 V1 V2
VSV (for EGR)
T8
VSV (for ACIS)
T7
70
82
VSV (for EVAP)
Tension Reducer Solenoid RH
Tension Reducer Solenoid LH
Traction ECU
70
82
TRAC Off SW
T6
60
64 122 164 206 206 82
130
Theft Deterrent ECU
T5
CB or Fuse
70
82
122 140
150 174
181 220
228
Telltale Light RH
Location
Code or
Location
Charge Warning Light
[Telltale Light RH]
Open Door Warning Light
[Telltale Light RH]
Rear Light Warning Light
[Telltale Light RH]
Seat Belt Warning Light
[Telltale Light RH]
SRS Warning Light
[Telltale Light RH]
Parts
164
102
68 118
194 197
220
114
Telltale Light LH
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Warning Light)
[Telltale Light LH]
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
70
82
*1: (FOR CANADA)
*2: (FOR USA)
V6 V7
HTR
IGN
RAD No. 2
ST
TURN
ECU–B
ECU–IG
GAUGE
MIR–HTR
PANEL
TAIL
CIG
SEAT–HTR
STOP
WIPER
DEFOG
DOOR
ALT–S
DOME
DRL
TRAC
FOG
HAZ–HORN
HEAD (LH) *2
HEAD (LH–LWR) *1
HEAD (LH–UPR) *1
HEAD (RH) *2
HEAD (RH–LWR) *1
HEAD (RH–UPR) *1
RAD No. 1
ABS No. 2
EFI No. 1
EFI No. 2
FAN
HTR
MAIN
ABS No. 1
POWER
[LOCATION]
52
(1)
20)
(2)
19)
(3)
23)
Vehicle Speed Sensor
(Speed Sensor) No. 1
(For Combination Meter)
Washer Motor
V8
V10
W1
Traction Solenoid Relay
Traction Motor Relay
ABS Solenoid Relay
ABS Motor Relay
Turn Signal Flasher
Rear Window Defogger Relay
Diode
Starter Relay
Horn Relay
Heater Relay
Headlight Relay
Fog Light Relay
EFI No. 2 Relay
EFI Main Relay
A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay
Taillight Relay
Power Main Relay
70
140
174
220
Integration Relay
VSV (for Waste Gate Valve)
70
82
102
70
94
150 126 108
108
82
96
129 60 164 208
136
228
70 106
228
111 164 164 164 164
118
181 203
122
140
108
130 64 220 228
194
130
228
130
150
130
20)
53
POWER SOURCE
W
TO GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
60A POWER
W
1
W
E7
W–L
2
2
2
120A ALT
1
2
W
W
2
TO GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
E7
W
50A AM1 (FOR USA)
60A AM1 (FOR CANADA)
20A RAD NO. 1
1
2
L–Y
1
2
2
2
W
2
4 1B
7. 5A DOME
I19
IGNITION SW
60A ABS NO. 1
ACC 5
P–L
IG1 4
B–Y
ST1 8
B–W
4 1J
1
R
2
1
7 AM1
50A HTR
W
2
1
W–R 2 AM2
IG2 3
(2JZ– GTE)
2
15A HAZ–HORN
W
2
B
2
2
1
W
2
7. 5A ALT–S
1
R
2
2
B–O
30A FAN
(2JZ–GTE)
1
W–R
2
2
2
30A AM2
1
1
4
W–R
2
W–R
IB1
2
2A
B
50A MAIN
1
2
R
1 2B
BATTERY
15A FOG
1
2
2
G–R
1
R
2
2
4
(USA)
3
R–Y
2
30A EFI NO. 1
1
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
B–Y
2
W
*( 1)
2
2
3
5
2
1
2
B–O
2
L– O
(2JZ– GTE)
30A EFI NO. 2
(2JZ–GTE)
1
2
B
TO STARTER
FROM PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
(FOR A/T)
CLUTCH START SW
(FOR M/T)
B
2
STARTER RELAY
L–O
(2JZ– GTE)
30A ABS NO. 2
(2JZ–GTE)
1
2
Y
2
E7
7. 5A TRAC
(2JZ–GTE)
1
2
L–Y
2
56
TO DIMMER SW
[COMB. SW]
W
*
( 1)
2
4
W
*
( 1)
2
2
1
2
R–W
*
( 1)
2
R–L
*
( 1)
3
DIMMER RELAY
(DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 2)
(FOR CANADA)
TO THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
R–W
*
( 1)
TO DAYTIME
RUNNING LIGHT
RELAY (MAIN)
* 1 : CANADA
2
W–L
10A PANEL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
W–L 5
3
10A TAIL
1
2
TO LIGHT CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
1B
30A DOOR
7. 5A RAD NO. 2
1
2
15A STOP
8
P–L
15A CIG
1J
5
1J
B–Y
20A WIPER
10A ECU–B
B–W
7. 5A TURN
6
7. 5A ST
30A DEFOG
1J
10A ECU–IG
3
7
4
1K
3
B–O
7. 5A IGN
7. 5A HTR
1J
12
10A GAUGE
1H
15A SEAT–HTR
(FOR CANADA)
15A HEAD (LH)(FOR USA)
15A HEAD (LH–LWR)(FOR CANADA)
R
2
2
2
R–B
15A HEAD (RH)(FOR USA)
15A HEAD (RH–LWR)(FOR CANADA)
2
1
2
2
R–W
W–L
R
(USA)
E7
1
Y
R
E7
(* 1)
R
(USA)
R
R–G
(* 1)
(* 1)
7. 5A DRL (FOR CANADA)
R
(* 1)
1
2
2
R–B
2
(* 1)
15A HEAD (LH–UPR)
(FOR CANADA)
1
R–W
(* 1)
2
2
4
R
2
(* 1)
15A HEAD (RH–UPR)
(FOR CANADA)
R–W
(* 1)
R–W
E8
(* 1)
1
2
2
1
3
2
5
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
RELAY
R–Y
2
4
(* 1)
4
TO A/C
AMPLIFIER
10A MIR–HTR
7
1C
B
5
4
B
B
IC2
57
POWER SOURCE
SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY (FOR USA)
2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
HEADLIGHT RELAY (FOR CANADA)
2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
: CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF)
TAILLIGHT RELAY
5–3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
I19 IGNITION SW
7–5
7–4
2–3
7–8
:
:
:
:
CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION
CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION
CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION
CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
I19
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
22
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT )
4
23
R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1C
20
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A
22
BATTERY AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2B
22
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1H
1J
1K
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB1
36
IC2
36
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E7
58
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
E8
SEE PAGE
32
STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GTE)
1
IJ1
ACC
W
7 AM1
IG1
6 1J
ST1 8
B–W
IG2 3
B–O
B–O
2 AM2
7. 5A
ST
4 1K
I19
IGNITION SW
13
B
B–W
B–W
E16
(A/T)
N
5
B
(A/T)
B–W
B–W
E16
(M/T)
I4
50A AM1
(FOR USA)
60A AM1
(FOR CANADA)
B
1
2
3 EA1
(A/T)
2
P2
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START
SW)(A/T)
B
2
2
P
(M/T)
C9
CLUTCH
START SW
(M/T)
B–W
2
6
(M/T)
W
W–R
1
(A/T)
IJ1
9
IJ2
(A/T)
IB1
(A/T)
B–W
4
B
4 1B
IJ2
(M/T)
I4
(A/T)
4 1J
B
W
W–R
ST2
2
(A/T)
B–W
B
W
B
2
B
30A
AM2
120A
ALT
1
1
3
1
5
2
50A
MAIN
1
13
IF2
B
2
B
2
STARTER
RELAY
2
(M/T)
2
TO COMBINATION
METER
B
(A/T)
2
B
2
L–O
B
1 2A
B
E13 : A/T
E16 : M/T
B
1 EA2 8
IB3
B
L–O
1 B
IF2
L–O
10
BATTERY
25
SRLY
1
A
S2
M
A ,S3
STARTER
60
B
T13
THEFT DETERRENT
ECU
* 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU
+B
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
1
1
1
IG–
19
B
2
G
2
Y–R
2
Y–G
2
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
Y–B
2
I6
IGNITION COIL
NO. 1
B–O
1
I11
IGNITION COIL
NO. 6
B–O
1
I10
IGNITION COIL
NO. 5
1
2
B–O
E16
B–O
E11
B–O
E11
B–O
E11
Y
2 A
B–O
E11
I8
IGNITION COIL
NO. 3
I7
IGNITION COIL
NO. 2
B–O
B–W
(A/T)
B–O
E11
I9
IGNITION COIL
NO. 4
B–O
E16
L–Y
B–O
5 B
4 B
10 B
11 B
12 B
6 B
1 A
IGC2
IGC3
IGC4
IGC5
I2
IGC6
A ,I3
IGC1
TACH
B
IGT4
IGT5
IGT6
IGF
GND
P–B
L–O
R–Y
3 A
GR–G
7 B
GR–B
8 B
B–O
9 B
57 B
56 B
55 B
54 B
53 B
52 B
58 B
4 A
N1
NOISE FILTER
IGT3
3 B
R–W
B–W
(A/T)
B
IGT2
2 B
BR
IGT1
1 B
B–O
IGNITER
1
2
77 B
76 B
NSW
IGT1
IGT2
IGT3
IGT4
IGT5
IGT6
IGF
BR
STA
E 9 B , E10 A
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(*1)
G1
G1–
6 B
26 B
G2
25 B
G2–
5 B
NE
27 B
NE–
7 B
16 A
BR
B–W
B–R
I17
A
A
A
1
2
C3
CRANKSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
TO TACHOMETER
[COMB. METER]
BR
C2
CAMSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR NO. 2
(SHIELDED)
L
2
II1
BR
C1
CAMSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR NO. 1
1
29
A
BR
2
BR
(SHIELDED)
1
(SHIELDED)
O
B–W
W
B–W
L
O
TACO
ED
EC
61
STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GTE)
SERVICE HINTS
I19 IGNITION SW
7–8 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
2–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
P 2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T)
6–5 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
C 9 CLUTCH START SW (M/T)
1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
S 2(A), S 3(B) STARTER
POINTS CLOSED WITH PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)
POINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C1
24
C2
24
C3
24
C9
D1
CODE
I3
SEE PAGE
B
CODE
SEE PAGE
25
J2
29
I6
25
N1
25 (2JZ–GTE)
I7
25
P2
28
I8
25
S2
A
25 (2JZ–GTE)
24 (2JZ–GTE)
I9
25
S3
B
25 (2JZ–GTE)
E9
B
29
I10
25
E10
A
29
I11
25
I2
A
25
I19
29
25 (2JZ–GTE)
T13
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
CODE
1B
SEE PAGE
20
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
1J
1K
2A
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA1
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EA2
32
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO
NO. 2)
IB1
36
IF2
36
II1
38
38
IB3
IJ1
IJ2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EC
32 (2JZ–GTE)
FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
ED
32 (2JZ–GTE)
REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E11
E13
E16
62
32
ENGINE WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
I4
38
COWL WIRE
I17
38
ENGINE WIRE
63
STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GE)
ACC
7 AM1
W
B–W
IG1
6
ST1 8
B–W
IG2 3
B–O
1J
B–O
W–R 2 AM2
ST2
4 1K
13
B
4 1B
1
IB1
W
N
5
B
B–W
(A/T)
P
P2
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL
START SW)
(M/T)
2
B–W
I17
6
2
2
B–W
(A/T)
B–W
(A/T)
C9
CLUTCH
START SW
W–R
4
IJ2
(M/T)
B
I4
2
(A/T)
1J
B
IJ2
B–W
B
(A/T)
IJ1
W
B
2
2
B
B–W
9
3 EA1
1
E28
(M/T)
50A
AM1
(A/T)
(M/T)
B–W
I4
(A/T)
4
B
I19
IGNITION SW
(A/T)
W–R
W
7. 5A
ST
2
2
120A
ALT
1
30A
AM2
1
STARTER
RELAY
3
50A
MAIN
1
5
1
IF2
B
2
B
2
(M/T)
13
2
TO COMBINATION
METER
B
2
(A/T)
B
2
E27 : A/T
E28 : M/T
B
B
L–O
2
1 2A
B
1 EA3
6
IB2
B
L–O
1 B
BATTERY
IF2
L–O
10
25
B
SRLY
1
A
M
S 2
A , S3
STARTER
64
B
T13
THEFT DETERRENT
ECU
B
1
B–O
TO TACHOMETER
[COMB. METER]
IJ1
B–W
9
B–O
IJ1
B–O
I20
B–O
B–O
B–W
I5
IGNITION
COIL
(A/T)
II1
2
1
B–O
E22
B–W
B–W
B–O
29
19
IG–
+B
B–W
B–R
3
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK
CONNECTOR)
B–O
E28
4
5
EXT
1
C–
N1
NOISE
FILTER
I4
IGNITER
2
IGT
IGF
2
1
D4
DISTRIBUTOR
NE
1
G1
2
G2
3
G–
4
77
76
57
58
27
26
25
7
STA
NSW
IGT
IGF
NE
G1
G2
G–
BR
(SHIELDED)
G
W
R
B
R–Y
A
E9
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
BR
R–W
(A/T)
B–W
B
B
ED
EC
65
STARTING AND IGNITION (FOR 2JZ–GE)
SERVICE HINTS
I19 IGNITION SW
7–8 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
2–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
P 2 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T)
6–5 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
C 9 CLUTCH START SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
S 2(A), S 3(B) STARTER
POINTS CLOSED WITH PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)
POINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
C9
28
I5
27
S2
D1
26 (2JZ–GE)
I19
29
S3
D4
26
J2
29
E9
29
N1
27 (2JZ–GE)
I4
27
P2
27 (2JZ–GE)
SEE PAGE
A
27 (2JZ–GE)
B
27 (2JZ–GE)
T13
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
1B
SEE PAGE
20
20
22
1J
1K
2A
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA1
34 (2JZ–GE)
EA3
34
NO. 2)
IB1
36
IF2
36
II1
38
38
IB2
IJ1
IJ2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EC
34 (2JZ–GE)
ED
34 (2JZ–GE)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E22
E27
E28
66
34
ENGINE WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
I4
38
COWL WIRE
I17
38
ENGINE WIRE
I20
38
COWL WIRE
67
* 1 : 2JZ–GTE
* 2 : 2JZ–GE
CHARGING
W
10A
GAUGE
8 1E
12 1E
12
120A
ALT
W
2
Y–G
2
2
3
Y
2
T6
CHARGE WARNING LIGHT
[TELLTALE LIGHT RH]
B–O
W
W
W
7. 5A
IGN
W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
7. 5A
ALT–S
I14
Y–G
B
Y–G
1 2A
23
4 EA2 (* 1)
2 EA3 (* 2)
II1
1
A 2
L
A 3
IG
A
S
IC REGULATOR
G1
B ,G2
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
68
A
W
W
W
Y
Y–G
BATTERY
II1
Y–G
34
FROM
COMBINATION
METER
1
1
1
B
B
SERVICE HINTS
G 2(A) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)
(A) 3–GROUND: 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 5000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)
(A) 1–GROUND: 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
G1
B
CODE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
G2
26 (2JZ–GE)
A
T6
SEE PAGE
29
26 (2JZ–GE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1E
20
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA2
32
EA3
34
II1
38
NO. 2)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
I14
G 1
38
CODE
SEE PAGE
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
B
G 2
A
1
2
BLACK
T 6
1
3
3
X
12 X
X
69
ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GTE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,
TRANSMISSION ETC. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.)
AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE, WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP.
(WATER TEMP.) WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AlR
TEMP. WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).
(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS SIDE AND INPUT AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).
(4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU).
(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH IS
INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL1.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUIT
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.1 INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSION
AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER.
(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” AND “P” OR NOT,
AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL ACMG
OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS
APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA EFI MAIN RELAY.
THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE
AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL VG
OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL
SIGNAL.
(11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING OR NOT AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO
TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS
A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT
TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING
IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY KNOCK SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS
KNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
70
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION
THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED
BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, 40, #50 AND #60 OF
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TO OPERATE THE
INJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
PRODUCES CONTROLS OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO
(13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT
TO TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4, IGT5 AND IGT6 THESE SIGNALS CONTROL THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION
TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR, SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON
WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO
IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4), (9) TO
(11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT1, HT2 TO CONTROL THE HEATER.
* IDLE AIR CONTROL (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY
FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO
ON. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATE THE
SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11) ETC.), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1,
ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE).
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10) ETC.), AND
OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE.
* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OUTPUTS CURRENT TO
TERMINAL FPC AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP ECU AND FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING
CONDITIONS.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE
MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THE CODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY
CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM
BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
71
B–O
ACC
IG1
1
B–O
7 AM1
1
ST1 8
IG2 3
30A
EFI
NO. 1
2
B–W
2
B–Y
I19
IGNITION SW
2
2
B–O
2 AM2
30A
EFI
NO. 2
6 1J
B–Y
E7
4
B–Y
EA1
(A/T)
IB1
B
(A/T)
13
IJ2
B–W
5
2
2
B–W
10
5
IC2
12
1
6
B
(A/T)
B
F15
FUEL PUMP
ECU
DI
E
FPC
8
W–B
30A AM2
IC2
G
2
L–R
B6
IC2
L–R
11
FP
5
L–R
N
2
120A ALT
B–R
E7
L–O
P
(M/T)
W
1
2
G
+B
2
B–R
6
2
2
E9
IB1
G
IJ1
5
2
V–W
B–W
2
1
(M/T)
50A AM1
(FOR USA)
60A AM1
(FOR CANADA)
2
B–R
L–O
2
P2
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
2
(A/T)
W
2
C9
CLUTCH
START SW
5
2
W–B
1
1
2
E16
L–O
B
W–R
4 1B
B
(M/T)
I4
3
W–B
4
2
EFI MAIN
RELAY
4 1K
4 1J
B–R
2
B–R
1
GR
B–R
B–W
(A/T)
3
2
EFI NO. 2
RELAY
W–R
W
2
B–R
B–Y
B–R
7. 5A
ST
B–W
1
6 BP1
L
B
1 2A
V–W
4
F14
FUEL PUMP
E16 : M/T
E13 : A/T
BATTERY
BI
2
BP1
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B
W–B
5
TO STARTER
RELAY
72
M
EB
B–O
B–O
9
B–O
B–O
IJ1
B–O
I20
B–R
B–O
B–O
B–R
S1
SFI RESISTOR
(EFI RESISTOR)
1
B–R
+B
# 40
# 50
# 60
8
7
6
BR
R
G
B–Y
W
2
2
2
2
2
2
5
B–R
B–R
24 A
M–REL
76 B
NSW
33 A
1 A
BATT
IGSW
E9
1
1
R
1
I16
INJECTOR NO. 5
1
R–W
1
R–L
B–O
II1
I15
INJECTOR NO. 4
B–O
13
B–Y
(A/T)
B–W
B–R
GR
2
EA2
R–G
GR
EA1
R–Y
8 1E
8
I14
INJECTOR NO. 3
B–R
EA2
1
R–B
(A/T)
GR
B–R
# 30
4
I13
INJECTOR NO. 2
B–R
# 20
3
I12
INJECTOR NO. 1
B–W
# 10
2
L
7. 5A
IGN
B–Y
I17
INJECTOR NO. 6
B–R
3 1J
20 B
19 B
18 B
17 B
16 B
15 B
# 10
# 20
# 30
# 40
# 50
# 60
B , E10
A
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1)
ISC1
ISC4
34 B
32 B
R–G
V
2
ISC2
33 B
G–W
P
2
ISC3
35 B
4
6
1
3
B–R
74 B
B
EVAP
75 B
V–W
EGR
77 B
G–O
STA
22 A
G
FPC
21 A
V–Y
DI
+B
31 A
L–R
V–W
7
IC2
4
L–R
1
1
8
IJ1
V–W
B–R
B–R
B–R
B
IJ1
B
5
B–R
E15
2
B–R
G
IJ1
B–R
G
I1
IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE
(ISC VALVE)
B–R
12
V3
VSV (FOR EVAP)
V2
VSV (FOR EGR)
E12
B–R
E14
B–R
E14
B–R
L–R
B–R
73
B–R
B–R
E15
B–R
B–R
BR–B
E16
E2
2
E2
5
4
BR–B
38 B
VSV3
66 B
28 B
THA
VG
65 B
E21
E9
B , E10
B–Y
45 B
BR–B
BR
2
G–R
40 B
VSV1
L–R
E16
Y–R
V7
VSV (FOR INTAKE AIR
CONTROL VALVE)
G–B
2
VG
3
P–L
V4
VSV (FOR EXHAUST
BYPASS VALVE)
THA
1
BR–B
B–R
B–R
B
1
VC
3
L–R
M1
MASS AIR FLOW
(AIR FLOW METER)
1
PIM
2
B–Y
E10
E2
1
BR–B
B–R
B–R
T14
TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR
E10
62 B
E2
PM1
A
HT2
HT1
72 B
71 B
48 B
73 B
60 B
W–L
L–W
47 B
W
OX2
B–L
(* 1)
OX1
FPU
PMC
2
2
KNK1
VSV2
39 B
KNK2
50 B
49 B
HT
10
IC1
R–L
3
B–R
74
OX
+B
2
1
K2
KNOCK SENSOR
(ON REAR SIDE)
K1
KNOCK SENSOR
(ON FRONT SIDE)
W
(SHIELDED)
W
(SHIELDED)
G–Y
B–R
V5
VSV (FOR EXHAUST
GAS CONTROL VALVE)
1
(SHIELDED)
W
E
4
1
(SHIELDED)
3
BR
BR
R–L
E1
BR
BR
B–R
E10
B–R
E13
B–R
4
B–R
H11
HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (SUB)
E13
L–R
HT
2
(SHIELDED)
B–R
B–R
1
1
OX
IJ1
B–R
20
1
+B
IC1
B–R
B–R
2
9
(SHIELDED)
IC1
IC1
BR–W
4
B–R
12
H5
HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (MAIN)
W
I17
1
B–R
V6
VSV (FOR FUEL
PRESSURE UP)
IJ2
(SHIELDED)
R–L
4
R–L
IJ2
(SHIELDED)
14
(SHIELDED)
IJ2
BR–W
5
R–L
BR–W
I17
B–R
R–L
V8
VSV (FOR WASTE
GATE VALVE)
(SHIELDED)
B–R
E10
B–R
B–R
L–R
1
R
GR–R
42 B
63 B
R
Y
L–R
41 B
Y–L
TO TRACTION
ECU
E16
VCC
43 B
VTA1
TO TRACTION
ECU
E16
64 B
IDL1
VTA2
2
44 B
IDL2
1
2
29
II1
2
24 B
THW
FROM COMBINATION
METER
1
B–W
E16
L–R
BR–B
E16
BR–B
GR–R
L–R
BR–B
E16
B–W
BR–B
E16
E1
EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR
BR–Y
BR–B
E16
(A/T)
1
O
2
(A/T)
BR–B
BR–B
3
A5
A/T FLUID TEMP. SENSOR
R
4
E3
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
(EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
L–Y
BR–B
4
BR–B
3
GR–R
2
Y–L
1
Y
S5
SUB THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
L–R
T2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
46 B
OIL
THG
16 A
TACO
E 9 B , E10 A
G2–
25 B
NE–
7 B
W
(SHIELDED)
A
A
A
B–W
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
Y–L
A
1
2
2
1
(SHIELDED)
A
LG
C2
CAMSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR NO. 2
BR
R–L
W
B–R
A
(SHIELDED)
BR
A
L
A
I17
O
W
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
27 B
O
C1
CAMSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR NO. 1
1
2
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
A
NE
5 B
B–R
G2
6 B
BR
G1–
L
G1
26 B
15
BR
OX2
4
8
OX1
TE1
(SHIELDED)
+B
R–L
12
FP
1
BR
C3
CRANKSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR
D1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
13
VF1
IG–
19
B
E1
3
B–R
B–R
L–R
B–R
BR
BR
E13
L–R
BR
E14
BR
BR
75
10A
MIR–HTR
10A
PANEL
14 A
13 A
TRC+
TRC–
E9
B , E10
G–W
Y–R
6
11
IJ1
IJ1
15 A
34 A
ELS
A/C
23 A
ACMG
12 A
OD1
4 A
17 A
STP
(A/T)
Y–R
(A/T)
11 A
ABS
GR–R
26 A
EFI–
BR–B
L–R
R–Y
27 A
EFI+
IJ1
II1
W–G
W–R
O
W
32
14
IJ2
11
(A/T)
G–W
38 A
NEO
II1
31
P–L
B
IJ2
S11
STOP LIGHT SW
TO A/C
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
RELAY
TO CRUISE
CONTROL ECU
(A/T)
R–Y
2
GR–R
1
2 EA1
2
2
3
BR–B
1
P–L
L–R
W–G
IF1
TO A/C
AMPLIFIER
D8
DIODE
(FOR IDLE–UP)
L–R
3
G–O
TO TRACTION ECU
W
10 1I
TO ABS AND
TRACTION ECU
6 1E
L–R
4 IH
15A
STOP
TT
A
E01
E02
TE1
VF1
IGF
W
69 B
80 B
79 B
20 A
29 B
57 B
56 B
55 B
54 B
53 B
52 B
58 B
6 A
2 A
19 A
BR
BR
BR
Y–L
LG
R–W
B–O
GR–B
GR–G
P–B
L–O
R–Y
L–B
P
P–G
(* 1)
E1
IGT1
IGT2
IGT3
IGT4
IGT5
IGT6
SP1
TE2
BR
BR
I11
1 A
IGT1
2 A
IGT2
3 A
IGT3
9 A
8 A
IGT4
IGT5
7 A
IGT6
3 B
IGF
8 IC1
B
BR
BR
TACH
1 B
Y–L
I17
LG
E16
Y–L
LG
I2
B ,I3
IGNITER
A
P–G
Y–L
LG
P
18
L–B
IJ1
BR
I16
ED
76
BR
BR
BR
I17
BR
BR
I17
BR
BR
BR
BR
B
10A
GAUGE
Y
Y
I14
B
I14
C10
A , C12
Y
Y
2
L–R
3
I14
11 A
L–R
6
E1
TE1
ENG
1
7
17
IJ1
5
IJ1
II1
R
Y
L–R
23
8
II1
3
1
2
LG
Y–L
P–G
BR
P
L–B
TE2
2
II1
11 B
7
W
3
2
R
TT
ODO AND
TRIP
Y
8
5
10 A
BR
5
D5
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
1
L–R
I5
T6
TELLTALE LIGHT RH
L–B
L–B
7
IF1
9 A
BR
L–B
(A/T)
Y
Y
GR–R
I14
SPEEDOMETER
[COMB. METER]
T5
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
(CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT)
[TELLTALE LIGHT LH]
Y
12 1E
13
IJ1
15
II1
11
II1
V10
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1
(FOR COMBINATION METER)
P
Y–L
L–B
P–G
LG
P
BR
I8
BR
L–B
IF
77
SERVICE HINTS
EFI MAIN RELAY
(2) 3– (2) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
EFI NO. 2 RELAY
E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
1– 2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F)
2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)
I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE)
1, 3– 2: APPROX. 10–30 4, 6– 5: APPROX. 10–30 I12, I13, I14, I15, I16, I17 INJECTOR
1– 2: APPROX. 13–8 T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1– 4: APPROX. 4–9 K
1– 3: 3.3– 10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED POSITION
0.2– 0.8 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)
1– 2: 0–2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.45 MM (0.0177 IN.)
INFINITY WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.55 MM (0.0216 IN.)
E 9(B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
(VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS)
BATT–E1 : ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTS
IGSW–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
M–REL–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
+B–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
IDL1–E2 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
: 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
VTA1–E2 : 0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
: 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN
#10, #20, #30–E01, E02 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)
THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)
THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)
STA–E1 : 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING
ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)
W–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE IDLING
IGF–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)
NSW–E1 : 0–3 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER P OR N POSITION
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT P OR N POSITION
SP1 : PULSE GENERATION
TE1, TE2–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
A/C–E1 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C OFF
7.5–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C ON
ELS–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT ON, DEFOGGER ON
0–1.5 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT OFF, DEFOGGER OFF
STP–E1 : 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)
0–1.5 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF
(RESISTANCE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS)
IDL1–E2 : INFINITY WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN
: 0–2.3 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
VTA1–E2 : 3.3 K10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
: 200 –800 WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
VCC–E2 : 4 K –9 K
THA–E2 : 2 K –3 K WITH INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)
THW–E2 : 200 –400 WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)
ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4– +B : 10–30 #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60– +B : 13.2 –14.2 78
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A5
C1
C2
C3
C9
C10
A
C12
B
D1
D5
D8
E1
E3
E9
B
E10
A
F14
F15
SEE PAGE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
24
24
24
28
28
28
24 (2JZ–GTE)
28
28
24 (2JZ–GTE)
24 (2JZ–GTE)
29
29
30
30
CODE
H5
H11
I1
I2
I3
B
A
I12
I13
I14
I15
I16
I17
I19
J2
K1
K2
M1
SEE PAGE
24
29
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25
25
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25 (2JZ–GTE)
29
29
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25
CODE
P2
S1
S5
S11
T2
T5
T6
T14
V2
V3
V4
V5
V6
V7
V8
V10
SEE PAGE
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25
25
29
25 (2JZ–GTE)
29
29
25
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25
25
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25
25
25 (2JZ–GTE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
1E
20
20
22
1H
1I
1J
1K
2A
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
NO. 2)
EA2
32
IB1
IC1
36
36
FLOOR NO.
36
38
38
40
IC2
IF1
II1
IJ1
IJ2
BP1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EB
ED
IF
BI
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
32 (2JZ–GTE)
36
40
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
LEFT KICK PANEL
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E7
E9
SEE PAGE
32
CODE
I5
I8
SEE PAGE
38
E10
I11
38
COWL WIRE
E12
I14
38
E13
I16
38
CONSOLE BOX WIRE
I17
38
ENGINE WIRE
E15
I20
38
COWL WIRE
E16
B6
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
E14
I4
32
38
ENGINE WIRE
COWL WIRE
79
80
81
ENGINE CONTROL (FOR 2JZ–GE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,
TRANSMISSION ETC. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.)
AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE, WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP.
(WATER TEMP.) WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AlR
TEMP. WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
(EXCEPT CALIFORNIA)
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND
INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
(FOR CALIFORNIA)
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE
AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS OX1, OX2, OX3 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
(4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION
IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND ENGINE SPEED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE.
(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH IS
INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL1.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUIT
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.1 INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSION
AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER.
(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” OR “P” OR NOT,
AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL ACMG
OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS
+B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA EFI MAIN
RELAY.
THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE
AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL
KS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL
SIGNAL.
(11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING OR NOT AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO
TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS
A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT
TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING
IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
82
(13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY KNOCK SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS
KNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION
THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED
BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, 40, #50 AND #60 OF
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TO OPERATE THE
INJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
PRODUCES CONTROLS OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO
(13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT
TO TERMINAL IGT. THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING
CONDITIONS.
* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM (FOR CALIFORNIA)
THE MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE, SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE
OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM
(1), (2), (4), (9) TO (11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS HT1, HT2, HT3 TO CONTROL THE HEATER.
* IDLE AIR CONTROL (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY
FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO
ON. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE
SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11) ETC.), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1,
ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE).
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10) ETC.), AND
OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE.
* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OUTPUTS CURRENT TO
TERMINAL FPC AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP ECU AND FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING
CONDITIONS.
* ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM)
ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED AND
CLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FOR
INCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS.
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) JUDGES THE VEHICLE
SPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL ACIS TO CONTROL THE VSV
(FOR INTAKE CONTROL VALVE).
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE
MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THE CODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY
CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM
BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
83
B–O
ACC
1
IG1
ST1 8
B–O
7 AM1
B–W
30A
EFI NO. 1
B–O
2
I19
IGNITION SW
2
B–Y
IG2 3
B–W
2 AM2
6 1J
B–W
(A/T)
2
3
EFI
MAIN
RELAY
I17
(A/T)
(A/T)
2
6
5
2
2
W–B
P
B–R
IJ2
B–W
N
3
B–R
E20
B–R
5
L–R
IC2
IB1
6
BP1
L–R
B–R
2
7
L–R
B6
50A
AM1
B–R
EA3
5
2
B–W
2
(A/T)
13
B–W
B
2
1
B
(M/T)
C9
CLUTCH START SW
W–R
W
2
(M/T)
I4
4 1B
2
1
IB1
P2
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
4
GR
EA1
B–Y
B–W
4 1K
B
4 1J
B–Y
8
GR
(A/T)
W–R
W
E20
7. 5A
ST
4
EA1
B–Y
IJ1
1
120A
ALT
30A
AM2
L
5
+B
FP
E
DI
1
FPC
2
3
G
W–B
4
M
5
1
12
IC2
IC2
4
IJ1
B
G
V–W
1 2A
11
W–B
1
F15
FUEL PUMP ECU
F14
FUEL PUMP
2
4
V–W
2
L–R
2
IC2
B–R
W–B
B
(A/T)
B
W
(M/T)
10
2
12
E28 : M/T
E27 : A/T
IJ1
V–W
G
B
B
EB
84
W–B
TO STARTER
RELAY
W–B
BATTERY
BI
W–B
2
BP1
W–B
* 1 : CALIFORNIA
* 2 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA
B–O
9
IJ1
B–O
I20
B–O
B–O
E28
B–W
BR
29
7. 5A
IGN
B–W
B–W
II1
B–W
B–O
1J
B–W
3
FROM IGNITION
COIL
B–O
TO COMBINATION
METER
E28
1E
1 A
NSW
IGSW
E9
3
C–
IGT
IGF
1
57 B
58 B
IGT
IGF
B , E10
+B
2
R–Y
76 B
BATT
5
R–W
33 A
II1
B–O
B–Y
B–W
GR
24 A
M–REL
(A/T)
13
I4
IGNITER
GR
4
EXT
B–O
8
B–R
B–Y
B–W
(A/T)
A
DI
21 A
STA
+B
77 B
31 A
EGR
75 B
OX3
36 A
30 A
BR–W
P
L–R
HT3
(SHIELDED)
B–R
B
G
V2
VSV (FOR EGR)
B–W
IJ1
2
V–W
G
+B
1
HT
IC1
(SHIELDED)
10
(* 1)
R–L
9
IJ2
IC1
3
OX
(SHIELDED)
IC1
4
(SHIELDED)
2
12
(* 1)
IC1
IJ2
R–L
S16
SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(FOR CALIFORNIA)
4
14
(* 1)
(* 1)
20
IJ1
BR–W
B–R
BR–W
E26
(* 1)
B–R
(* 1)
E25
B–R
B–R
B–R
E25
IJ2
(* 1)
5
B–R
L–R
8
V–W
1
R–L
22 A
(* 1)
FPC
B–R
(* 1)
(* 3)
E1
4
B–R
(* 1)
B
BR
B–W
BR
L–R
ED
85
B–O
BR–B
BR–B
E27
B–O
1
4
1
L–R
L–R
P–L
R
2
E27
R–L
1
R–W
1
R–G
1
R–Y
1
3
L–R
B–O
2
I12
INJECTOR NO. 1
B–O
2
I16
INJECTOR NO. 5
B–O
2
I15
INJECTOR NO. 4
2
I14
INJECTOR NO. 3
2
I13
INJECTOR NO. 2
B–O
E28
B–O
E28
L–R
BR–B
B–O
B–O
E28
2
R–B
I17
INJECTOR NO. 6
B–O
E28
LG–B
B–O
E28
1
V12
VOLUME AIR FLOW
(AIR FLOW METER)
5
BR–B
BR
15 B
19 B
18 B
17 B
16 B
20 B
66 B
41 B
45 B
# 60
# 20
# 30
# 40
# 50
# 10
KS
VCC
65 B
THA
E2
E 9 B , E10 A
FPU
KNK1
36 B
KNK2
50 B
49 B
NE
G1
G2
27 B
26 B
25 B
G–
7 B
BR
G
W
R
B
W
W
(* 1)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
A
A
(SHIELDED)
A
K2
KNOCK SENSOR
(ON REAR SIDE)
1
(SHIELDED)
1
1
2
NE
G1
3
G2
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(* 1)
K1
KNOCK SENSOR
(ON FRONT SIDE)
1
A
(SHIELDED)
A
A
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
A
A
(SHIELDED)
4
G–
D4
DISTRIBUTOR
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
B–R
(SHIELDED)
2
B–R
V6
VSV
(FOR FUEL PRESSURE UP)
W–L
(SHIELDED)
BR
A
B–R
E23
(* 1)
(* 1)
BR
B–W
B–W
L–R
L–R
86
* 1 : CALIFORNIA
2
BR–B
6 1E
10 1I
3
G–O
W
L–R
(A/T)
2
4 1H
15A
STOP
2
D8
DIODE
(FOR IDLE–UP)
IF1
1
L–R
1
2
S11
STOP
LIGHT
SW
3
G–W
1
R–Y
BR–Y
O
11
64 B
IDL1
44 B
24 B
46 B
15 A
THW
OIL
THG
ELS
E9
B , E10
IJ1
G–W
II1
R–Y
32
R
Y
1
10A
PANEL
R
I17
43 B
VTA1
10A
MIR–HTR
2
L–Y
L–R
E1
1
(A/T)
2
E3
TO CRUISE
CONTROL ECU
Y
L–R
3
R
T2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
1
4
E28
BR–B
E28
BR–B
E27
BR–B
BR–B
BR–B
A5
BR–B
4 A
STP
A
(* 3)
HT2
OX2
47 B
72 B
B–Y
73 B
R–L
HT1
OX1
48 B
(* 1)
(* 1)
B–Y
B–R
1
OX
+B
E
BR
W
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR
E27
B–R
BR
E23
BR
B–R
L–R
4
(* 1)
2
B–W
M3
MAIN HEATED
OXYGEN SENSOR
(FOR CALIFORNIA
ON REAR SIDE)
HT
(* 1)
R–L
BR
4
(* 1)
(SHIELDED)
B–R
E
M2
MAIN HEATED
OXYGEN SENSOR
(FOR CALIFORNIA
ON FRONT SIDE)
R–L
I17
3
1
HT
+B
2
B–R
(* 1)
1
OX
W
O3
OXYGEN SENSOR
(EXCEPT CALIFORNIA
ON FRONT SIDE)
(* 2)
O4
OXYGEN SENSOR
(EXCEPT CALIFORNIA
ON REAR SIDE)
3
1
R–L
(* 1)
W
I17
(* 1)
W
(* 2)
B–L
W
(SHIELDED)
(* 1)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
E28
B–R
E23
(*1)
E26
B–R
BR
(*1)
B–W
BR
L–R
ED
87
B–R
A , E10
B–R
V3
VSV (FOR EVAP)
1
2
V
G–O
2
1
B–R
E24
G–Y
V–Y
B–R
B–R
B–R
6
R–G
V1
VSV (FOR ACIS)
B–R
4
G–W
TO CRUISE CONTROL
ECU
I1
(ISC VALVE)
3
GR–R
(A/T)
34 B
OD1
ISC2
32 B
35 B
ISC4
ISC1
28 B
TE1
20 A
TE2
19 A
P–G
E9
12 A
ACMG
1
Y–L
23 A
A/C
IJ2
5
L–O
W–G
34 A
11
BR–B
2 EA1
2
E24
(A/T)
W–G
L–R
II1
L–R
31
BR–B
TO A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY
TO A/C AMPLIFIER
E24
33 B
39 B
ISC3
ACIS
74 B
17 A
TT
EVAP
B
(SHIELDED)
VF2
R–L
15
OX2
TE1
B–R
12
B–W
19
L–R
1
6 A
2 A
80 B
79 B
P
BR
BR
VF1
SP1
EO1
EO2
14
8
Y–L
I17
+B
IG–
VF1
B–R
W
69 B
L–B
D1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
E1
29 B
BR
VF2
LG
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*3)
13
LG
I17
Y–L
5
IJ1
Y–L
P–G
17
IJ1
P–G
LG
13
IJ1
LG
FP
(SHIELDED)
L–B
W
3
OX1
P
E1
BR
W
4
BR
I17
BR
BR
18
IJ1
BR
BR
B–R
BR
I17
BR
ED
88
BR
BR
(* 1)
BR
BR
(*1)
8
IC1
BR
(* 1)
* 1 : CALIFORNIA
10A
GAUGE
Y
12 1E
2
7
Y
Y
Y
L–R
V10
R
B
A , C12
SPEEDOMETER
[COMB. METER]
3
II1
11
3
2
II1
2
L–B
BR
LG
C10
E1
15
P–G
11 A
R
1
10 A
II1
L–R
Y–L
8
II1
R
ENG
11 B
L–R
TE2
5
L–R
TE1
II1
1
9 A
BR
L–B
W
6
BR
I5
ODO AND
TRIP
L–R
L–B
8
TT
7
1
P
(A/T)
5
3
P
7
IF1
L–B
23
T6
TELLTALE
LIGHT RH
IJ1
D5
(TDCL)
Y–L
GR–R
6
I14
2
L–B
(A/T)
Y
I14
Y
T5
[TELLTALE LIGHT LH]
GR–R
Y
Y
I14
I14
P–G
L–R
LG
L–B
BR
P
BR
I11
BR
I8
BR
BR
(* 1)
IF
89
SERVICE HINTS
EFI MAIN RELAY
E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
1– 2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F)
2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)
I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE)
1, 3– 2: APPROX. 10–30 4, 6– 5: APPROX. 10–30 I12, I13, I14, I15, I16, I17 INJECTOR
1– 2: APPROX. 13–8 T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1– 4: APPROX. 4–9 K
1– 3: 3.3– 10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED POSITION
0.2– 0.8 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)
1– 2: 0–2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.45 MM (0.0177 IN.)
INFINITY WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.55 MM (0.0216 IN.)
(VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS)
IGSW–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
IDL1–E2 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
: 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
VTA1–E2 : 0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
: 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN
THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)
THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)
STA–E1 : 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING
ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)
W–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE IDLING
IGF–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING)
NSW–E1 : 0.3 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER P OR N POSITION
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT P OR N POSITION
SP1 : PULSE GENERATION
TE1, TE2–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
A/C–E1 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C OFF
7.5–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C ON
ELS–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT ON, DEFOGGER ON
0–1.5 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT OFF, DEFOGGER OFF
STP–E1 : 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)
0–1.5 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF
(RESISTANCE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) CONNECTORS)
IDL1–E2 : INFINITY WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN
: 0–2.3 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
VTA1–E2 : 3.3 K10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
: 200 –800 WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
VCC–E2 : 4 K –9 K
THA–E2 : 2 K –3 K WITH INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)
THW–E2 : 200 –400 WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)
ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4– +B : 10–30 #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60– +B : 13.2 –14.2 ACIS– +B : 38.5 –44.5 90
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A5
C9
C10
A
C12
B
D1
D4
D5
D8
E1
E3
E9
B
E10
A
F14
F15
SEE PAGE
26 (2JZ–GE)
28
28
28
26 (2JZ–GE)
26
28
28
26 (2JZ–GE)
26 (2JZ–GE)
29
29
30
30
CODE
I1
I4
I12
I13
I14
I15
I16
I17
I19
J2
K1
K2
M2
M3
SEE PAGE
27 (2JZ–GE)
27
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
29
29
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
27
27
CODE
O3
O4
P2
S11
S16
T2
T5
T6
V1
V2
V3
V6
V10
V12
SEE PAGE
27
27
27 (2JZ–GE)
29
29
27 (2JZ–GE)
29
29
27
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
1B
1E
1H
1I
1J
20
20
SEE PAGE
20
22
1K
2A
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
34 (2JZ–GE)
NO. 2)
EA3
34
IB1
IC1
36
36
FLOOR NO.
36
38
38
40
IC2
IF1
II1
IJ1
IJ2
BP1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EB
ED
IF
BI
SEE PAGE
34 (2JZ–GE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
36
40
LEFT KICK PANEL
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E20
SEE PAGE
34
E23
CODE
I5
I8
SEE PAGE
38
E24
I11
38
COWL WIRE
E25
I14
38
I17
38
ENGINE WIRE
E27
I20
38
COWL WIRE
E28
B6
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
E26
I4
34
38
ENGINE WIRE
COWL WIRE
91
92
93
* 1 : 2JZ–GTE
* 2 : 2JZ–GE
HEADLIGHT (FOR USA)
R
R
R–Y
2
2
1
R
R
R–Y
1
13
IB2
15A
HEAD (RH)
15A
HEAD (LH)
2
2
2
R–W
R–Y
2
2
E 2 : *1
E18 : * 2
1
R–W
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
2
IB1
R–B
R–Y
R–W
2
R–B
2
R–W
4
I2
R–W
3
2
50A
MAIN
6
IF1
13
14
R–L
R–L
TAIL
E 2 : *1
E18 : * 2
LOW
DIMMER
SW
HIGH
14
IF1
7
IB1
9
I2
W–B
5 1K
W–B
R–L
12
R–L
11
W–B
C13
COMBINATION
SW
R–L
FLASH
1 1J
W–B
IE
EA
2
1
W–B
H3
HEADLIGHT LO LH
1
E 9 : *1
E21 : * 2
OFF
HEAD
94
H1
HEADLIGHT HI LH
1
2
R–L
BATTERY
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
1
2
W–B
3
2
R–L
R
H2
HEADLIGHT HI RH
C12
HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
2
H4
HEADLIGHT LO RH
R–W
H
7
B
1 2A
6
HRLY
R–Y
I20
INTEGRATION
RELAY
1
SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY
2 1– : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
13–11 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
C13 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]
14–9 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
12–9 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C12
28
C13
28
CODE
H2
24 (2JZ–GTE)
H1
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
H4
27 (2JZ–GE)
24 (2JZ–GTE)
H3
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GTE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
I20
29
27 (2JZ–GE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1J
1K
2A
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 1 (LEFT KICK LEFT)
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB1
IB2
IF1
36
36
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EA
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
34 (2JZ–GE)
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
E2
32
E9
E18
SEE PAGE
E21
34
I2
38
COWL WIRE
34
(2JZ–GTE)
(2JZ–GE)
C12
C12
C13 BLACK
X
2 3 X X
X
2 3 X X
X
X
9
H1
1
BLACK
2
H2
1
BLACK
2
H3
1
BROWN
2
H4
1
BROWN
11
12 13 14
I20
2
X
6 7
95
HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA)
R
R–Y
W
1
10A
GAUGE
7. 5A
DOME
2
2
R
12 1H
9 1H
R
W
R
R–Y
Y
5 1B
2
2
2
3
2
4
1 2B
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
1
15
D6
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
50A MAIN
2
11
8
Y–G
1
IF2
B
Y–G
7
BR–W
1 2A
34
II1
Y–G
BATTERY
1
1
L
96
G2
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
P5
PARKING
BRAKE SW
R
R
R–Y
R–W
W
E7
W
2
2
4
3
1
R–Y
2
DIMMER RELAY
(DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 2)
2
R–L
2
IB3
R–Y
I4
5
17
R–Y
D6
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
IB2
R–Y
13
R–L
1
R–Y
R–Y
TO THEFT DETERRENT ECU
I2
R–Y
16
B–W
W–B
G–W
4
1
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
13
R–Y
R
14
13
OFF
TAIL
LOW
HIGH
FLASH
12
9
11
G–W
DIODE
I20
INTEGRATION
RELAY
I2
HEAD
DIMMER SW
18
6
7
C13
COMBINATION
SW
R–W
4
W–B
W–B
2
1
5 1K
B2
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL WARNING SW
EB
W–B
IG
W–B
1 1J
2
W–B
W
IE
97
R
E7
R–W
R
R–W
R
R–W
2
2
1
2
1
15A
HEAD
(LH–UPR)
2
1
15A
HEAD
(RH–UPR)
2
2
1
15A
HEAD
(RH–LWR)
2
2
2
1
7. 5A
DRL
2
R
R–W
E7
15A
HEAD
(LH–LWR)
2
2
R–W
2
2
2
1
IB1
D2 A ,D3 B
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 3
6
2
A
IF1
H4
HEADLIGHT
LO RH
R–Y
3
A
1 A
5 A
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
2
1
1
2
C12
HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
IB5
3
R–L
4 B
H3
HEADLIGHT
LO LH
W–B
13
2 B
2
W–B
R–B
3 B
R–W
R–L
R–W
E2
TO FOG LIGHT
RELAY
R–W
R–Y
R–B
R–L
R–L
2
1 B
R–B
R–G
1
H2
HEADLIGHT
HI RH
R–B
2
H1
HEADLIGHT
HI LH
W–B
2
R–W
R–B
R
E1
E2
E8
W–B
14
IF1
EA
98
EB
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
E2
IE
EA
SYSTEM OUTLINE
VOLTAGE IS ALWAYS APPLIED FROM THE MAIN FUSE, THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN), TERMINAL 6 OF INTEGRATION RELAY, TERMINAL 14 OF DIMMER SW, DIMMER RELAY
(DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2) (COIL SIDE), TO TERMINAL 17 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). WHEN THE
IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, VOLTAGE FROM THE GAUGE FUSE IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
RELAY (MAIN).
1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE STARTS, VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL “L” OF THE GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 11 OF
THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS
TIME, THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE. WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE
SW OFF), A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE PARKING BRAKE SW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
RELAY (MAIN). THIS ACTIVATES THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN), TURNING ON THE DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME
RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2). CURRENT ALSO FLOWS FROM THE MAIN FUSE TO DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
RELAY NO. 2) (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (LH–UPR) FUSE → HEADLIGHT HI LH → HEADLIGHT HI RH → TERMINAL (A)5 OF DAYTIME
RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL (A)3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP AT APPROX. 20 % OF THEIR
NORMAL BRIGHTNESS.
ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) HAS BEEN ACTIVATED AND THE HEADLIGHTS LIGHT UP, THE HEADLIGHTS
REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS ENGAGED AGAIN (PARKING BRAKE SW ON).
2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT HEAD POSITION AND THE DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE
HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 13 OF LIGHT CONTROL
SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY.
THIS CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO THE HEAD LWR FUSE → HEADLIGHT LO →
GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP AT NORMAL BRIGHTNESS. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE
DRL FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, ACTIVATING RELAY NO. 3.
WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS AT HIGH POSITION, TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIMMER SW OUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) TO ACTIVATE IT. THIS TURNS ON DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2).
SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM DIMMER RELAY (DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2) (POINT SIDE) TO THE HEAD (LH–UPR) FUSE
→ HEADLIGHT HI LH → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND FROM THE HEAD (RH–UPR) FUSE →
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → HEADLIGHT HI RH → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE)
→ GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO OPERATE AT HI.
WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS AT FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF
THE DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE RELAY. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY
(POINT SIDE) FLOWS TO HEADLIGHT LO, LIGHTING UP HEADLIGHT LO AND ACTIVATING DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3.
THEN TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIMMER SW OUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN),
ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TO HEADLIGHT HI LIKE IT DOES FOR HIGH
POSITION. THIS CAUSES ALL HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP.
SERVICE HINTS
D 6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
15–GROUND
2–GROUND
13–GROUND
5–GROUND
:
:
:
:
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM
DOES NOT OPERATE OR LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION
(WITH THE CONNECTOR IS DISCONNECTED, ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS)
8–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED
99
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B2
24 (2JZ–GTE)
D6
28
C12
28
G2
C13
28
H1
CODE
SEE PAGE
H4
24 (2JZ–GTE)
24 (2JZ–GTE)
I20
29
24 (2JZ–GTE)
P5
29
D2
A
24
H2
24 (2JZ–GTE)
D3
B
24
H3
24 (2JZ–GTE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
22
4
23
CODE
1B
SEE PAGE
20
20
2A
22
2B
22
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1H
1J
1K
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB1
IB2
36
36
36
36
IB3
IB5
IF1
IF2
II1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EB
32 (2JZ–GTE)
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IG
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E1
E2
E7
100
CODE
E8
32
I2
I4
SEE PAGE
32
38
COWL WIRE
101
TAILLIGHT
2
1B
1
5
2
3
10A
TAIL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
W–L
DIODE
2
1
11 1K
3 1A
16 1C
G
G
G–W
G
B6
2
G
G
G
I20
INTEGRATION
RELAY
2
G
5
1
G
E 2 : 2JZ–GTE
E18 : 2JZ–GE
60A POWER
2
W–B
120A ALT
HEAD
11
F5
LH
1
1
2
F6
RH
1
W–B
1
TAIL
2
2
F4
RH
FRONT SIDE
MARKER LIGHT
OFF
2
3
W–B
3
F3
LH
W–B
2
PARKING LIGHT
[FRONT FOG LIGHT]
W
G
4
C13
LIGHT CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
1
1 2A
L1
LICENSE PLATE
LIGHT
W–B
1
5 1K
W–B
B
2
E 2 : 2JZ–GTE
E18 : 2JZ–GE
W–B
1 1J
E 2 : 2JZ–GTE
E18 : 2JZ–GE
W–B
BATTERY
IE
102
EB
W–B
W–B
W–B
EA
10A
GAUGE
12 1E
Y
2 1C
G
1
18
V
Y
G
B5
T6
REAR LIGHT
WARNING LIGHT
[TELLTALE
LIGHT RH]
G
5
L2
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
8
1
DELAY
CIRCUIT
2
R12
RH
9
11
LG
2
REAR SIDE
MARKER LIGHT
–
+
R11
LH
4
G
G
3
1
LG
W–B
LG
1
1
W–B
5
R10
RH
5
W–B
R9
LH
TAILLIGHT
[REAR COMB. LIGHT]
W–B
B7
W–B
IE1
V
G
B8
W–B
B7
B6
B5
BI
W–B
B3
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BJ
103
TAILLIGHT
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION. THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT
FAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR, ANO ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS
OPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 9, AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS
THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
5–3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
4, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
11–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C13
CODE
28
F5
24 (2JZ–GTE)
F3
F6
26 (2JZ–GE)
F4
F5
SEE PAGE
2
30
24 (2JZ–GTE)
R10
30
26 (2JZ–GE)
R11
30
24 (2JZ–GTE)
I20
29
R12
30
26 (2JZ–GE)
L1
30
T6
29
24 (2JZ–GTE)
L2
30
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
1A
SEE PAGE
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO
1C
20
1E
20
20
22
1B
1J
1K
2A
CODE
IE1
SEE PAGE
36
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
EB
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
BI
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BJ
40
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
104
SEE PAGE
R9
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
CODE
26 (2JZ–GE)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E2
32
E18
34
B3
B5
40
FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B6
B7
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
B8
105
FOG LIGHT
1
1
15A
HEAD (LH)
(FOR USA)
15A
HEAD(LH–LWR)
(FOR CANADA)
15A
FOG
2
2
2
2
R–B
G–R
2
1
2
3
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
2
5
2
E 2 : 2JZ–GTE
E18 : 2JZ–GE
2
O
G–O
G–O
2
F3
FRONT FOG
LIGHT LH
[PARKING
1
LIGHT LH]
2
R–G
OFF
W–B
FOG
LOW
9
IE
106
E 2 : 2JZ–GTE
E18 : 2JZ–GE
E 2 : 2JZ–GTE
E18 : 2JZ–GE
W–B
W–B
C13
FOG LIGHT SW
[COMB. SW]
1
W–B
3
EB
W–B
7
W–B
6
G–O
IB2
O
15
EA
F4
FRONT FOG
LIGHT RH
[PARKING
LIGHT RH]
SERVICE HINTS
FOG LIGHT RELAY
(2) 3–(2) 5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C13
28
F3
26 (2JZ–GE)
F3
24 (2JZ–GTE)
F4
24 (2JZ–GTE)
CODE
F4
SEE PAGE
26 (2JZ–GE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB2
36
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EA
34 (2JZ–GE)
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EB
34 (2JZ–GE)
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E2
32
C13 BLACK
3
7
CODE
X
F3
6
1
E18
F4
GRAY
2
1
SEE PAGE
34
GRAY
2
9
107
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
1
5
1
W–L
R–Y
10A
GAUGE
2
2
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
3
7. 5A
DOME
R–Y
2 1B
13
IB2
2
11 1K
2
2
R
60A POWER
R
2
R–Y
G–W
2
1
1
2
W
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
3
5 1B
2
4
2
6 A
1
7
2
Q
S
R
Q
S
R
120A ALT
50A MAIN
5 A
2
1
1
1 2A
B
I20
7 A
A
16
1I
R–B
R
G
INTEGRATION RELAY
13
6
4 A
2
OFF
BATTERY
C13
LIGHT CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
TAIL
IC2
R–B
HEAD
15
1
5
1J
1K
W–B
11
3
D10
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
IE
108
W–B
W–B
2
BI
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGE
FUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL (A) 5 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL, AND
TO TERMINAL (A) 6 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION
(TURN TAILLIGHT ON)
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A) 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. DUE
TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A) 5 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE
LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND, AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON.
(TURN HEADLIGHT ON)
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGANL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A) 7 OF THE INTEGRATION
RELAY. DUE TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A) 6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 7 → TERMINAL
13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT AND
HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHTS ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
WITH LIGHT ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN THE DRIVER’S
DOOR IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF
WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 5 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL (A) 4 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL (A) 6 TO
TERMINAL (A) 7 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT.
AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY
2 1– : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION (FOR USA)
: CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (FOR CANADA)
TAILLIGHT RELAY
3–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH
3–2 : CLOSED WITH LH DOOR OPEN
I20(A) INTEGRATION RELAY
7–GROUND
6–GROUND
1–GROUND
(A) 5–GROUND
(A) 6–GROUND
(A) 7–GROUND
(A) 4–GROUND
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
CONTINUOUS WITH LH DOOR OPEN
CONTINUOUS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
CONTINUOUS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C13
28
CODE
D10
SEE PAGE
30
CODE
I20
SEE PAGE
A
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT
CODE
1B
SEE PAGE
20
20
22
1I
1J
1K
2A
109
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB2
36
IC2
36
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
BI
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
110
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
111
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
1
15A
HAZ–
HORN
7. 5A
TURN
2
7 1E
W
2
G–R
IB1
W
3
IF1
W
4
H10
HAZARD SW
8
F
B2
TL
B1
TR
TB
OFF
TURN
TL
TR
LH
IF1
R–B
G–B
I3
R–B
W–R
8
G–Y
I3
IF1
5
G–Y
17
12
1
G–Y
6
G–B
5
G–Y
W–R
9
G–B
RH
7
R–B
ON
R–B
HAZARD
TB
C13
TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]
10
R–B
I2
G–B
G–Y
4
4
G–B
2
1
B
L
TURN SIGNAL
FLASHER
19 1E
7
1A
E
14 1E
11
1H
4
1A
7
1H
G–Y
3
4
4 1C
3 1C
W–B
BI
G–Y
RH
C10
B
, C12
A
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
7 B
A
EA
B5
BJ
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
112
EB
TURN
5
E 2 : 2JZ–GTE
E18 : 2JZ–GE
W–B
IE
LH
W–B
E 2 : 2JZ–GTE
E18 : 2JZ–GE
6 B
W–B
1
5
15 A
6
W–B
2
R10
REAR TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
G–Y
6
F8
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
W–B
W–B
1
G–B
2
R9
REAR TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
F7
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
W–B
G–B
G–B
IH
SERVICE HINTS
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
(4) 1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX.12 VOLTS TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT,
OR WITH HAZARD WARNING SW ON
(4) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD WARNING SW ON
(4) 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C10
C12
SEE PAGE
B
28
A
28
C13
28
F7
24 (2JZ–GTE)
CODE
F7
F8
H10
SEE PAGE
CODE
26 (2JZ–GE)
SEE PAGE
J1
29
24 (2JZ–GTE)
R9
30
26 (2JZ–GE)
R10
30
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
22
4
23
CODE
SEE PAGE
1A
20
1C
20
1E
20
1H
20
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB1
36
IF1
36
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
EB
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IH
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BI
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BJ
40
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E2
32
E18
34
I2
38
CODE
SEE PAGE
I3
38
B5
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
COWL WIRE
113
STOP LIGHT
15A
STOP
10A
GAUGE
10 1I
W
2 1C
12 1E
Y
Y
2
S11
STOP LIGHT SW
1
1
G–W
T6
REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT
[TELLTALE LIGHT RH]
1 1H
V
18
10 1C
G–W
5
V
G–W
8
4
1 BM1
G–W
+
–
G–W
L2
HOLD
CIRCUIT
7
Y
G–W
B5
IE1
2
11
G–W
R–W
6 BO1
R–W
B7
R–W
3
3
W–B
R–W
1
H14
HIGH MOUNTED
STOP LIGHT
W–B
2
3 BO1
W–B
W–B
5
W–B
B5
R10
STOP LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT RH]
W–B
R9
STOP LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT LH]
5
2 BM1
W–B
B5
W–B
BI
114
W–B
W–B
W–B
B3
BJ
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO
FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE
CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 2 CHANGES, SO THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE
DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT
WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE
WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLDING AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.
SERVICE HINTS
S11 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
2, 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON
4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
H14
30
R9
30
S11
29
L2
30
R10
30
T6
29
CODE
SEE PAGE
1C
20
1E
20
20
1H
1I
CODE
SEE PAGE
IE1
36
BM1
40
B01
40
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
BI
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BJ
40
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
B3
40
B5
L2
X 2
X 7 8
2 1
SEE PAGE
B7
FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE
H14
CODE
R9
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
R10
S11 BLUE
4 X
X 11 X
X
X
1
3
3
5
5
2
T6
1
X
X
X 18
115
BACK–UP LIGHT
10A
GAUGE
Y
12 1E
II1
Y
23
B1
4 A (A/T)
2 B (M/T 2JZ–GTE)
2 C (M/T 2JZ–GE)
B , C
BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T)
P2
A
BACK–UP LIGHT SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)] (A/T)
R–B
8 A (A/T)
1 B (M/T 2JZ–GTE)
1 C (M/T 2JZ–GE)
II1
R–B
36
IE1
R–B
12
R–B
BACK–UP LIGHT
[REAR COMB. LIGHT]
R–B
B7
4
R9
LH
R10
RH
5
W–B
5
4
BI
116
W–B
W–B
W–B
B5
BJ
SERVICE HINTS
B 1 (B), (C) BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T)
P 2 (A) BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] (A/T)
(B), (C) 2–1, (A) 4–8 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
B1
SEE PAGE
B
24 (2JZ–GTE)
C
26 (2JZ–GE)
CODE
P2
SEE PAGE
A
CODE
SEE PAGE
25 (2JZ–GTE)
R9
30
27 (2JZ–GE)
R10
30
CODE
SEE PAGE
1E
20
CODE
SEE PAGE
IE1
36
II1
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
BI
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BJ
40
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
B5
B1
40
B
GRAY
B1
1
1
2
CODE
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
C
B7
GRAY
2
P2
A
4
8
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
R9
GRAY
X
SEE PAGE
40
X
R10
X
4
4
5
5
117
INTERIOR LIGHT
1
7. 5A
RAD
NO. 2
10A
GAUGE
7. 5A
DOME
2
R
2
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
5 1B
11
7
ACC
1 1C
11 1E
8 1F
6 1D
9 1H
1
IG
B
FADE OUT
CONTROL CIRCUIT
I20
A
INTEGRATION
RELAY
DOOR
W–B
W–B
W–B
1 1K
W–G
W–B
R–B
2
R–B
LG
1
R–W
LG
2
IC2
2
IG
4 1D
B1
1
2
BI
W–B
I 4 : *1
I11 : EXCEPT * 1
2 1F
G
4
W–B
D7
DIODE
(FOR INTERIOR LIGHT)
D15
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW LH
[DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH]
L–W
6 1F
W–G
W–B
W–B
118
1 1J
W–B
1
IH
2
10 1D
5
D10
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
R–W
IL1
3
2 1D
W–B
16
1
3
LP
10
D11
DOOR COURTESY
SW RH
R–W
W–B
3
IF2
6 ID1
D16
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW RH
[DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH]
1
9 1E
R–W
G–B
IL1
G–B
8
1I
R–W
9
L–W
IF2
E
3
W–B
6
8
SW
4
D12
ROOM LIGHT SW
[DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW LH]
L–B
L–W
LOCK
3 A
G–B
PLCK
2 A
IE
* 1 : 2JZ–GE M/T EXCEPT CALIFORNIA
R
R
R
R
R
R
8
1
P 6
PERSONAL LIGHT
T6
OPEN DDOR
WARNING LIGHT
[TELLTALE
LIGHT RH]
7
6
L4
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
2
2
R–B
3
W–B
14
LG
R
R
1
G
2
D12
DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT
[DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH]
W–G
1
W–G
I18
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT
R
R
W–G
W–G
G
W–B
R–B
LG
8
LG
IE1
B7
LG
LG
1
L5
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT SW
119
INTERIOR LIGHT
SERVICE HINTS
INTEGRATION RELAY (J/B NO.1)
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
4–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH RH DOOR OPEN OR LH DOOR OPEN
D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH, RH
1–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
D7
28
D15
30
L4
30
D10
30
D16
30
L5
30
D11
30
I18
29
P6
30
D12
30
29
T6
29
I20
A
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
1C
20
1D
20
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
20
1F
20
ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 1 (LEFT KICK LEFT)
1H
1I
1J
1K
CODE
SEE PAGE
IC2
36
ID1
36
IE1
36
IF2
36
IL1
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IE
IG
IH
BI
SEE PAGE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I4
I11
120
SEE PAGE
38
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B1
40
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
B7
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
121
ILLUMINATION
1
2 1B
60A
POWER
1
5
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
2
10A
PANEL
2
2
3
W–L
3
1I
G–O
11 1K
G–O
I10
G–O
G–O
I10
I10
G–O
I4
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
6
G–O
G–O
S6
SEAT HEATER SW
W–G
G–W
I9
C13
LIGHT CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
TAIL
HEAD
I10
W–G
I10
W–G
3
W–G
I10
A29
ASHTRAY
ILLUMINATION
1
1
1
2
W–G
2
OFF
5
2
W–G
G
3
W–G
5
T8
TRAC OFF SW
T
4
O5
A/T INDICATOR
ILLUMINATION
[O/D MAIN SW]
I20
INTEGRATION
RELAY
E8
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION PATTERN
SELECT SW
W–G
5
TRLY
I10
W–B
11
W–G
1 1J
18 1E
W–B
W–B
5 1K
16
IF1
W–G
W–B
IE
122
W–B
W–G
W–B
B
G4
GLOVE BOX
LIGHT SW
5
2
G
2
1
H12
HEATER CONTROL SW
20
8
J1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W–B
G–O
4
12
10
13
B
IH2
W–G
(* 1)
B
B
B
2
ILL–
G–O
IF3
I 3 : M/T
I14 : A/T
G–O
C10
METER ILLUMINATION
[COMB. METER]
G–O
IH1
G–O
T6
ODO AND TRIP ILLUMINATION
[TELLTALE LIGHT RH]
G–O
G–O
(* 1)
G–O
G–O
I14
W–G
9
C7
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
ILLUMINATION
2
W–G
B
(* 1)
10
W–G
5 B
W–G
I12
W–G
10 A
R6
RADIO AND PLAYER (* 1)
G–O
G–O
(* 1)
3
(* 2)
G–O
I14
(* 2)
B
G–O
RADIO AND PLAYER (* 2)
2
A ,R5
1
R4
G–O
I19
W–G
2
H10
HAZARD SW
G–O
G–O
W–G
1
W–G
W
10
W–B
G3
GLOVE BOX LIGHT
* 1 : W/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
* 2 : W/O STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
I8
G–O
G–O
I12
G–O
G–O
B
B
G–O
1
T
R8
RHEOSTAT
3
E
IH
123
ILLUMINATION
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A29
28
H10
29
R6
29
C7
28
H12
29
R8
29
C10
28
I20
29
S6
29
C13
28
J1
29
T6
29
E8
29
O5
29
T8
29
G3
29
R4
A
29
G4
29
R5
B
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
1E
20
20
1I
1J
1K
CODE
IF1
IF3
IH1
IH2
SEE PAGE
36
36
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IH
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
I3
38
I10
I4
38
COWL WIRE
I12
I8
38
I14
I9
38
COWL WIRE
I19
124
SEE PAGE
38
COWL WIRE
38
125
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
20A
WIPER
1 1A
L
5 1H
L
WASHER
16
W–B
4
L–W
7
L–R
13
GR–G
18
L
7
IB2
L–O
1
M
2
E 9 : 2JZ–GTE
E21 : 2JZ–GE
L
W1
WASHER MOTOR
L–R
GR–G
2
2
3
6
5
12 1K
M
1 1J
126
1
W–B
W–B
F9
FRONT WIPER MOTOR
IE
IB2
L–W
IB2
L
8
L–R
IB2
GR–G
W–B
9
L–W
L–O
L
8
L
HIGH
LOW
INT
MIST
OFF
C14
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
EB
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF
THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 6 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.
1. LOW SPEED POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO
RUN AT LOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR
TO RUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY
FUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THIS FLOWS OF
CURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER
SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND FUNCTIONS.
THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN
RELAY AND INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHARGE THE CHARGING TIME OF THE
CONDENSER.
4. MIST POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO MIST POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE WIPER MOTOR TO
RUN AT LOW SPEED.
5. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION
WITH WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WAHSER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →
TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN,
AND WINDOW WASHER IS JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT IN TERMINAL
18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND
AND FUNCTION.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
C14 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW (COMB. SW)
18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION
4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION
F 9 FRONT WIPER MOTOR
5–6 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C14
28
F9
26 (2JZ–GE)
F9
24 (2JZ–GTE)
W1
25 (2JZ–GTE)
CODE
W1
SEE PAGE
27 (2JZ–GE)
CODE
1A
SEE PAGE
20
20
1H
1J
1K
CODE
IB2
SEE PAGE
36
127
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EB
34 (2JZ–GE)
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E9
32
C14 BLACK
X 4
X X
128
CODE
SEE PAGE
E21
F9
34
BLACK
W 1 BLACK
X 7 8 X
13 X
16
18 X X
1
2
3
X
5
6
1
2
HORN
1
15A
HAZ–HORN
C13 BLACK
H8
BLACK
H9
1
2
BLACK
1
X
2
W
10
2
2
HORN
RELAY
1
3
2
L–R
2
IB2
E 2 : 2JZ–GTE
E18 : 2JZ–GE
L–R
L–B
L–B
I2
L–R
TO THEFT
DETERRENT
ECU
L–B
L–R
16
10
1
1
H8
HORN LH
C13
HORN SW
[COMB. SW]
H9
HORN RH
SERVICE HINTS
HORN RELAY
(2) 2–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C13
28
H8
27 (2JZ–GE)
H8
24 (2JZ–GTE)
H9
24 (2JZ–GTE)
CODE
H9
SEE PAGE
27 (2JZ–GE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
IB2
SEE PAGE
36
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E2
32
E18
34
CODE
I2
SEE PAGE
38
COWL WIRE
129
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
3
EA1
B
B
(M/T)
2 1B
2
7. 5A
ST
IJ1
1
3
11 1K
B–W
B
(A/T)
STARTER
RELAY
2
C9
CLUTCH
START SW
2
B
1
B
6
8
IB2
IB2 (* 1)
IB3 (* 2)
5
P2
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
P
N
B
IF2
L–O
R–Y
15
I4
(M/T)
1
2
4 1K
2
2
R–Y
13
(M/T)
1
5
2
G–W
50A MAIN
3
B
2
2
1
4
(A/T)
3
60A POWER
2
2
L–O
2
1
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
5
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
W–L
2
G–W
W
6
16
IF2
10
2
IF2
13
L–O
R–Y
2
IJ2
B–W
(A/T)
120A ALT
23 B
10 B
TAIL
25 B
HEAD
SRLY
T7
A , T13
B
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
G–Y
L–W
G–Y
18 1E
L–Y
1
8
IF2
ID1
4
3
LOCK
G–B
16
IF2
L–W
ID1
L–Y
2
6
9
2
PLCK
M
3
2
I20
INTEGRATION RELAY
L–R
1
3
L–W
ID1
W–B
3
W–B
1 1J
L–W
D15
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION
SW LH
L–W
BATTERY
12 1K
13 ID1
9
W–B
W–B
1
G–B
I3
G–Y
2
U1
UNLOCK
WARNING
SW
G–Y
G–Y
L–Y
LOCK
B
Y
10
LSWD
15 B
G
IF2
UNLOCK
11
L2
22 B
I21
D12
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW LH
1 2A
UL3
6 B
W
W–L
IND
12 B
Y
KSW
20 B
T5
THEFT DETERRENT INDICATOR LIGHT
[TELLTALE LIGHT LH]
1
5
ID1
10 1D
W–B
L–R
IE
130
W–B
B1
W–B
B1
W–B
* 1 : 2JZ–GE
* 2 : 2JZ–GTE
1
2
15A
HAZ–HORN
HORN
RELAY
3
1
2
2
2
2
2
W
W
7
EA1
IB2
W
(* 1)
1
T1
THEFT DETERRENT
HORN
L–R
W–L
TO HORN SW
[COMB. SW]
L–R
I2
IB6
W–L
22
II1
(* 2)
(* 2)
W–L
IF2
L–R
14
19
6
IF2
(* 1)
2
L–R
W–L
16
(* 2)
L–B
L–R
W
(* 2)
W–L
(*1)
24 B
11 B
HORN
SH
T7
A , T13
B
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
L–Y
G–B
G–B
E
4 A
I21
I21
R–W
L–Y
W
G–B
G–R
G–R
R–W
I19
G–Y
I21
12
L–Y
IL1
2
M
4
L–R
3
11
IL1
L–R
W–B
3
IL1
1
UNLOCK
1
8
D16
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION
SW RH
G–B
IL1
W
2
2
LOCK
4
IL1
W–B
3
UNLOCK
2
7
D13
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW RH
G–Y
LOCK
IL1
R–W
10
G–R
IL1
W–B
W–B
8
9
1
UNLOCK
2
ID1
D14
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW RH
1
G–R
7 ID1
P8
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW LH
[POWER WINDOW
MASTER SW]
R–W
LOCK
ACT+
3 A
W–B
L–Y
ACT–
2 A
L–R
LSWP
21 B
L–Y
UL12
16 B
G–B
G–R
G–Y
UL1
8 B
R–W
L1
5 B
L–R
W–B
W–B
B2
W–B
L–R
I21
B2
W–B
16
IL1
I21
W–B
W–B
L–R
IH
131
1
10A
ECU–IG
15A
CIG
7. 5A
DOME
30A
DOOR
2
17 1E
2 1E
2
L–R
B–R
L–W
R
15 IH
5 1B
11 1E
ACC
L–W
8 A
IG
IF1
R
7 A
13
1 B
9 A
+B1
+B2
T7
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
DSWH
PRLY
6 A
Y
12
1
2
2
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
EA
BJ
IE1
7
1I
1
L3
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
KEY UNLOCK SW
W–B
E6
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
2
IG
8
L
1
D11
DOOR COURTESY
SW RH
IE1
POWER MAIN
RELAY
4
LG
IB6
L5
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT 1 1J
LIGHT SW
IE
9 1D
2 1J
L
3
D10
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
IF3
Y
V–R
4
V–R
IF3
R–L
3
BI
DSWL
4 B
LG
IF3
L
9
R–L
4
R–B
15 IC2
132
9 B
V–R
R–B
IF2
R–B
3
LUG
14 B
L
DSWP
19 B
W–B
DSWD
7 B
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL
(B)1 THROUGH THE DOME FUSE.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE ECU →
TERMINAL (A)6 FLOWS THROUGH THE COIL SIDE OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY TO GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY TO OPERATE.
THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE FLOWS TO THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCHES, CAUSING THE INDICATOR
LIGHT TO LIGHT UP.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE DOOR CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)5, (B)22
(FOR KEY SW) OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF
THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)3 → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2
(RH) → TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL (A)8, (B)6 (FOR KEY SW LH) OR (B)16 (FOR KEY SW RH) OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU AND CAUSES TO FUNCTION.
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)2 → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK
MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → GROUND AND THE DOOR
LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO UNLOCK.
WHEN UNLOCK OPERATION OCCURS USING THE LH DOOR KEY SW, DOING THE UNLOCK OPERATION ONCE UNLOCKS ONLY THE
DRIVER’S DOOR. TO UNLOCK ALL THE OTHER DOORS TOGETHER, UNLOCK OPERATION MUST BE DONE AGAIN WITHIN 3
SECONDS OF THE FIRST OPERATION.
3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
∗ OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK BUTTON (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS)
WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON) AND THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR
LOCK BUTTON (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE OPERATION OF
THE ECU. AS A RESULT OF ECU ACTIVATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)2 →
TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE
ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND DOOR LOCK KEY SW.
∗ KEY LESS LOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE DOOR IS OPEN AND UNLOCK
OPERATION IS PREVENTED BY KEEPING THE DOOR LOCK BUTTON PRESSED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE DOOR IS KEPT IN THE LOCK
CONDITION. IF THE DOOR IS THEN CLOSED, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW. THIS ACTIVATES
THE ECU AND EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED.
133
SERVICE HINTS
D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH, RH
3–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
D12, D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH
1–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
2–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D15, D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW LH, RH
1–3 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION
E 6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN
U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
L 3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
1–GROUND: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
T 7(A), T13(B) THEFT DETERRENT ECU
(B) 9–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B)14–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN
(B) 4–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
(B) 8–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B) 5–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW TO LOCK POSITION
(B)25–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)
; APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED (M/T)
(A) 7–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(B)20–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
(B)15–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH LH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B)21–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH RH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B) 6–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B)16–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B)22–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION
(A) 4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
(B) 1–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
28
D10
30
D11
30
I20
29
D12
30
L3
30
T7
A
29
D13
30
L5
30
T13
B
29
D14
30
D15
30
D16
30
E6
P2
P8
24 (2JZ–GTE)
SEE PAGE
C9
27 (2JZ–GE)
30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
1D
20
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
20
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
NO.1(LEFT
1(LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
1H
1I
1J
1K
2A
134
T1
26 (2JZ–GE)
25 (2JZ–GTE)
25 (2JZ–GTE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
T5
U1
29
29
CODE
EA1
IB2
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
NO 2)
36
IB6
36
IC2
36
ID1
36
IE1
36
36
IF3
36
II1
38
38
38
IB3
IF1
IF2
IJ1
IJ2
IL1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
IE
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BI
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BJ
40
IG
IH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
I2
38
COWL WIRE
I21
38
I3
38
B1
40
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I4
38
COWL WIRE
B2
40
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I19
38
135
POWER WINDOW
FROM POWER SOUCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
1
7. 5A
DOME
30A
DOOR
10A
ECU–IG
L
2
2
L
17 1E
15 1H
B–R
5 1B
T7
1 B
7 A
L–W
12
IF3
Y
L–W
Y
R
11 1E
13
IF1
P8
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
R
4
6 A 9 A
A , T13
7
B
THEFT DETERRENT
ECU
1I
1
5
POWER
MAIN
RELAY
1 1J
2
3
10 1D
9 1D
2 1J
L
KEY OFF POWER CIRCUIT
L
8
19 B
W–B
4 A
R–L
R–B
7 B
IF2
R–B
3
4
IF3
W–B
2
BI
136
W–B
W–B
3
2
W–B
3
D11
DOOR COURTESY SW RH
D10
DOOR COURTESY SW LH
R–B
R–L
15 IC2
IG
IH
IE
L
P8
PASSENGER’ S
AUTO
UP
DOWN
DRIVER’ S
UP
UP
LOCK
NORMAL
5
7
15
5
L
3
IL1
DOWN
4
G–Y
3
R
1
IF3
L
2
1
2
5
IL1
G–W
17
UP
P7
POWER WINDOW
CONTROL SW RH
IL1
R–L
R–W
4
ID1
G–W
ID1
R–L
14
L
G–W
10
R–L
9
G–Y
Q
R
DOWN
S
+
–
DOWN
–
+
2
1
M
M
P9
POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH
P10
POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH
137
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE THEFT
DETERRENT ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, THIS ACTIVATES THE
RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM DOOR FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY →
TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW RH.
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (DRIVER’S) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT
FLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF
THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND AND CAUSES THE
POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED.
IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERNINAL 9 OF THE
MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL
10 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND
CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN OPERATION
WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY ON THE DOWN SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO THE DOWN CONTACT POINT AND AUTO DOWN CONTACT POINT OF THE DRIVER’S SW.
THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, AND THE HOLD CIRCUIT ALSO TURNS ON AT
THE SAME TIME, SO THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) REMAINS ACTIVATED EVEN WHEN THE SW IS RELEASED.
CURRENT FLOWS AT THIS TIME FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 2 OF
POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 10 OF POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, SO THE
MOTOR CONTINUES TO OPERATE UNTIL THE DRIVER’S WINDOW IS FULLY DOWN.
WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW FINISHES DOWN OPERATION THE HOLD CIRCUIT GOES OFF, SO THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) ALSO
TURNS OFF. THIS STOPS THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 9, SO
THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR STOPS AND AUTO DOWN OPERATION STOPS.
WHEN THE DRIVER’S SW IS PULLED ON THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, THE HOLD CIRCUIT IS TURNED OFF SO
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 9 IS CUT OFF AND THE POWER
WINDOW MOTOR STOPS. IF THE SW REMAINS PULLED UP, THE RELAY (UP SIDE) IS ACTIVATED, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 10 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 →
TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION AND MANUAL UP
OPERATION OCCURS WHILE THE SW IS PULLED UP.
3. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)
WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER
WINDOW CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR →
TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 8 →
GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION
CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S)
IS PULLED TO THE DOWN SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1
TO TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE
GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN.
AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 8 OF
THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW
CANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE, REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE
ABOVE CIRCUIT.
4. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM DOOR
FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (B)1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER
MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS
FROM DOOR FUSE → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER
SW AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW RH. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW
IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW. ALSO, BY
OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPEN DETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO
OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)19, (B)7 OF THEFT DETERRENT ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNED OFF AND UP AND
DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS.
138
SERVICE HINTS
P 8 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT UP POSITION
9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
D10
30
D11
P7
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
P8
30
T7
A
29
30
P9
30
T13
B
29
30
P10
30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
1D
20
1E
20
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1H
1I
1J
CODE
SEE PAGE
IC2
36
ID1
36
36
IF3
36
IL1
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
IF2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IE
IG
IH
BI
SEE PAGE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
40
LEFT QUATER PILLER
139
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GTE)
1
ACC
W
7 AM1
IG1
ST1 8
B–W
IG2 3
B–O
30A
EFI
NO. 1
B–R
2
6 1J
E7
B
13
2
2
2
E9
6
P
B–R
2
EA2
N
5
B
50A AM1
(FOR USA)
60A AM1
(FOR CANADA)
5
B–R
2
3
EFI MAIN
RELAY
B–W
P2
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
2
GR
2
IJ2
E16
W–R
2
B–Y
8
EA1
B–R
II1
B–O
13
1
B–W
4 1B
2
4 1K
B–O
8 1E
4
EA1
B–Y
GR
IB1
4 1J
W
GR
B–W
4
7. 5A
ST
W–B
W
7. 5A
IGN
B–Y
B–R
3 1J
W–R
I19
IGNITION SW
2
B–Y
2 AM2
B–W
1
B
2
W
B–O
2
2
2
120A
ALT
1
30A
AM2
1
B
1 2A
B–R
W–B
BATTERY
EB
140
5
EA2
B–R
* 1 : ENGINE AND ELACTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU
B–R
B–R
E17
Y
NO. 5
R
NO. 3
SLU+
NO. 2
SLN+
NO. 1
3
NO. 4
B–Y
E2
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
2
W
B
BR
G
O
SLU–
SLT–
SLT+
8
7
5
1
9 B
14 B
S1
E9
S2
B , E10
12 B
SLU–
31 B
SLT–
1
R
W–G
10 B
LG–B
13 B
SLN–
LG–R
L
S2
4
R–L
31 A
BATT +B
M–REL
S1
6
W–R
24 A
SLN–
Y–G
B–R
33 A
GR
B–Y
GR
2
G
B–R
B–R
V11
(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)
B–R
E17
23 B
SLT+
3 B
SP2+
SP2–
A
IDL1
64 B
R
VTA1
43 B
Y
VCC
41 B
L–R
65 B
BR–B
E2
62 B
B–Y
PM1
28 B
BR
E21
45 B
P–L
THA
66 B
Y–R
VG
1 A
B–O
IGSW
77 B
B
STA
76 B
B–W
NSW
B–W
B
B–O
L–R
BR–B
L–R
E16
BR–B
BR–B
B–R
E10
B–R
1
THA
B–Y
L–R
BR–B
L–R
Y
BR–B
R
3
VG
BR–B
P–L
2
5
4
2
3
1
1
2
4
3
E2
E2
PIM
VC
E2
T14
TURBO PRESSURE
SENSOR
B
M1
MASS AIR FLOW
(AIR FLOW METER)
E16
BR
Y–R
B–R
E16
T2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
141
B–R
D1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
S11
STOP LIGHT
SW
7
I17
Y–L
5
IJ1
LG
13
IJ1
TT
ECT
5
9
V–G
ENG
GR–R
TE2
2
LG
2
TE1
1
P–G
13
LG
VF1
8
Y–L
TE1
12
W
1
2
E16
IJ1
1 B
4 A
NCO–
20 A
STP
29 B
TE1
E9
B , E10
VF1
6
IJ1
19 A
17 A
LG
Y–L
21 B
NCO+
IJ1
GR–R
17
G–W
11
P–G
Y
G–W
1
L
O1
O/D DIRECT CLUTCH
SPEED SENSOR
1I
B–R
+B
10
D5
(TDCL)
Y–L
15A
STOP
V–G
TT
TE2
A
L–R
Y–L
BR–B
GR–R
4
3
1
2
E16
BR–B
27 B
G–Y
Y
C3
CRANKSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR
G–Y
1
E16
1
2
4
3
W–B
13 1H
S5
SUB THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
W–B
1 1J
IE
142
IJ2
2
K4
KICK DOWN SW
1
7 B
BR
12
2
B–R
IJ2
NE–
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR–Y
E1
BR–B
1
NE
18 A
MANUAL
BR–B
E16
3
2
M
3 A
W–B
BR–B
KD
46 B
O
1
THG
24 B
A5
BR–B
E3
BR–B
L–Y
2
L–R
OIL
44 B
NORMAL
THW
63 B
GR–R
IDL2
42 B
Y–L
VTA2
Y
E8
SELECT SW
* 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU
FROM CRUISE CONTROL
ECU
10A
GAUGE
Y
12 1E
Y
BR–B
Y
I14
R–B
LG–R
11
IJ2
R–B
LG–R
G–B
BR–B
G–B
7 A
9 A
10 A
R
2
G–R
Y
V–G
A
II1
V–G
5
A
IJ2
5
SP1
2 A
II1
P
11
V–G
25 A
38
6
G–R
2
D
II1
P
MI
28 A
W–L
BR
OD2
W–L
79 B
V–G
EO2
80 B
BR
(SHIELDED)
E1
L–R
A
W–L
V–G
BR
V–G
BR
BR
I17
BR
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
EO1
69 B
BR
ODO AND
TRIP
C16
CRUISE CONTROL
ECU
B , E10
L–R
E9
7
1
L
P
OD1
T6
TELLTALE
LIGHT RH
12 A
ED
143
Y
P2
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)]
Y
Y
Y
E14
4
II1
R
N
D
2
L
7
8
10
9
2
3
G–R
LG–R
G–B
Y
I8
Y
I14
P
L
Y
R–B
Y
Y
GR
Y
23
R–B
R–B
LG–R
LG–R
G–B
G–B
G–R
G–R
I17
E16
E16
10 A
6 A
7 A
8 A
11 A
MANU
O/D OFF
G–B
II1
4 A
P
R
N
2 A
11 C
BR
12 A
V–G
10 B
W–L
11 B
L–R
I14
D
2
13 A
C10
L
B , C11
V–G
V–G
I21
IF3
V–G
1
W–B
I11
V–G
V–G
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
O5
O/D MAIN
SW
A
IE
IF
W–B
BR
W–B
4
IH
A ,C 1 2
COMBINATION METER
W–L
144
27
II1
L–R
V–G
II1
LG–R
17
G–R
II1
L
18
R–B
II1
GR
1
Y
II1
1 A
R
2
L–R
R
R
II1
36
9 B
SPEED
3
L–R
2
II1
Y
7
W–B
V10
1
8
V–G
G–B
LG–R
G–R
L
GR
R–B
Y
I17
C
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE, THROTTLE PRESSURE, LOCK–UP PRESSURE AND ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE ETC.
THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION IS A SYSTEM WHICH PRECISELY CONTROLS GEAR SHIFT
TIMING AND LOCK–UP TIMING IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE’S DRIVING CONDITIONS AND THE ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS DETECTED BY
VARIOUS SENSORS, MAKING SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS THE MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE
DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME, AND CONTROLS THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING TO ACHIEVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
WHEN DRIVING, THE ENGINE WARM UP CONDITION IS INPUT AS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL (B)44 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP.
SENSOR) AND THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.2 IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B) 23 OF THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). AT THE SAME TIME, THE THROTTLE
VALVE OPENING SIGNAL FROM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (MAIN) IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)43 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS THROTTLE ANGLE SIGNAL.
BASED ON THESE SIGNALS, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
SELECTS THE BEST SHIFT POSITION FOR DRIVING CONDITIONS AND SENDS CURRENT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS.
WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 4 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID →
GROUND AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT (NO. 2 SOLENOID DOES NOT HAVE CONTINUITY AT THIS TIME).
FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS SIMULTANEOUSLY FROM TERMINAL (B)9 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
ECU) → TERMINAL 4 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2
SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2 SOLENOID, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO THE 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) OCCURS WHEN NO CURRENT FLOWS TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2 SOLENOIDS. THE NO. 4 SOLENOID (FOR
ACCUMULATOR BACK PRESSURE MODULATION) IS INSTALLED TO ADJUST THE BACK PRESSURE ON THE ACCUMULATOR AND CONTROLS THE
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE DURING SHIFTING AND LOCK–UP IN ORDER TO PROVIDE SMOOTH SHIFTING WITH LITTLE SHIFT SHOCK.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) DECIDES, BASED ON EACH
SIGNAL, THAT THE LOCK–UP CONDITION HAS BEEN MET, THE CURRENT THROUGH EFI NO. 1 FUSE FLOWS FROM THE EFI MAIN RELAY →
TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL (B)14 OF THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND, SO CONTINUITY TO NO. 3 (FOR
LOCK–UP) CAUSES LOCK–UP.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)4
OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CUTS THE CURRENT TO THE SOLENOID TO RELEASE
LOCK–UP.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
CAUSES SHIFT TO OVERDRIVE WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT
FLOWS TO GROUND BY WAY OF THE O/D MAIN SW AND CAUSES THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A
SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.
5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT
WHEN THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS SWICHED FROM NORMAL TO MANUAL, A SIGNAL IS
INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)18 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). INPUT
OF THIS SIGNAL CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)1 OF COMBINATION METER → TERMINAL (A)12 →
TERMINAL (A)25 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND,
LIGHTING UP THE INDICATOR LIGHT. IF THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IS THEN SHIFTED TO “2” POSITION, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) ENABLES THE VEHICLE TO START OFF WITH THE TRANSMISSION IS
2ND GEAR, THUS PERMITTING EASING STARTING OFF AND DRIVING ON SLIPPERY ROADS.
6. CRUISE CONTROL
WHEN CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION IS SELECTED A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)12 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE
AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM CRUISE CONTROL. ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CONTROLS OVERDRIVE, LOCK–UP AND SO ON FOR
SMOOTH DRIVING.
145
SERVICE HINTS
E 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
8– GROUND
4– GROUND
6–2
7–3
1–5
:
:
:
:
:
APPROX. 13.2 APPROX. 13.2 APPROX. 8.3 APPROX. 3.8 APPROX. 3.8 E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
1– 2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F)
2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)
BATT–E1
IGSW–E1
+B–E1
IDL1–E1
VTA1–E1
STA–E1
M–REL–E1
VCC–E1
L–E1
2–E1
R–E1
:
:
:
:
ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTS
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
: 0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
: 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING
: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
: 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
: APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “L” POSITION
: APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “2” POSITION
: APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “R” POSITION
O 1 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR
1–2 : APPROX. 620 V11 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)
1–2 : APPROX. 620 E 8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW
4–3 : CLOSED WITH ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT MANUAL POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A5
CODE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
C3
SEE PAGE
E3
24
E8
CODE
SEE PAGE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
O5
29
29
P2
25 (2JZ–GTE)
C10
B
28
E9
B
29
S5
25
C11
A
28
E10
A
29
S11
29
C12
C
28
I19
29
T2
25 (2JZ–GTE)
C16
28
J1
29
T6
29
D1
24 (2JZ–GTE)
J2
29
T14
25
D5
28
K4
29
V10
25 (2JZ–GTE)
E1
24 (2JZ–GTE)
M1
25
V11
25 (2JZ–GTE)
E2
24 (2JZ–GTE)
O1
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
1E
20
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1
NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
BATTERY AND J/B NO.2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1H
1I
1J
1K
2A
146
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA1
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EA2
32
IB1
36
IF3
36
II1
38
38
IJ1
IJ2
NO 2))
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EB
32 (2JZ–GTE)
ED
32 (2JZ–GTE)
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
IE
IF
IH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E7
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
I8
38
I11
38
COWL WIRE
E10
I14
38
E14
I17
38
ENGINE WIRE
I21
38
E9
E16
32
32
ENGINE WIRE
E17
147
148
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (FOR 2JZ–GE)
B–R
1
ACC
7 AM1
W
IG1
ST1 8
B–W
IG2 3
B–O
30A
EFI
NO. 1
2
2
B–Y
2 AM2
I19
IGNITION SW
3 1J
E20
6 1J
B–Y
GR
7. 5A
IGN
7. 5A
ST
1
B
EFI MAIN
RELAY
5
IJ2
2
2
2
2
6
P
N
5
B
50A
AM1
3
EA3
B–W
B–R
B–W
P2
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
W
W–R
I17
2
B–R
13
B–O
4 1B
II1
W–B
13
B–W
IB1
2
3
2
4
GR
4 1K
B–O
4 1J
8
EA1
B–R
W
W–R
2
8 1E
B–Y
B–Y
GR
4
EA1
B–W
B
1
B–O
W
2
2
2
2
120A
ALT
1
30A
AM2
1
B
1 2A
W–B
BATTERY
EB
150
B–R
B–R
B–R
+B
V11
(FOR ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)
10 B
S1
9 B
S2
8 B
S3
E9
1
G
NO. 3
Y
NO. 2
B
NO. 1
3
2
R
31 A
BATT
2
B–R
33 A
1
R–L
B–Y
24 A
M–REL
B–R
GR
GR
W
B–Y
W–R
E2
B–R
E25
23 B
3 B
SP2+
B , E10
SP2–
A
(* 1)
B–O
LG–B
L–R
P–L
B–W
B
65 B
IDL1
VTA1
43 B
64 B
2
1
BR
B–O
E2
35 A
BR–B
45 B
P3
POWER STEERING
PRESSURE SW
41 B
R
PS
THA
66 B
Y
VCC
KS
1 A
BR–W
IGSW
77 B
B
STA
76 B
B–W
NSW
L–R
E27
BR–B
BR–B
BR–B
LG–B
L–R
P–L
BR–B
L–R
Y
BR–B
R
E27
3
4
2
1
4
3
1
2
BR
V12
VOLUME AIR FLOW
(AIR FLOW METER)
E27
5
BR
T2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
BR
E27
151
B–R
D1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
S11
STOP LIGHT
SW
Y–L
I17
1
LG
2
TT
ECT
5
9
V–G
TE2
7
GR–R
ENG
5
IJ1
13
IJ1
G–W
I17
TE1
1
P–G
13
LG
VF1
8
LG
2
TE1
12
Y–L
W
1I
B–R
+B
10
D5
(TDCL)
Y–L
15A
STOP
IJ1
6
P–G
4 A
STP
E9
B , E10
20 A
29 B
TE1
VF1
IJ1
GR–R
17
LG
Y–L
IJ1
G–W
11
V–G
17 A
19 A
TE2
TT
A
G1
G2
G–
27 B
26 B
25 B
7 B
2
G
Y
2
W
IJ2
R
12
1
B
IJ2
(SHIELDED)
1
2
3
4
NE
G1
G2
G–
G–Y
1
NE
18 A
(SHIELDED)
3
2
M
3 A
G–Y
KD
K4
KICK DOWN SW
1
BR–Y
2
E1
BR–B
46 B
O
THG
24 B
A5
BR–B
OIL
44 B
E3
BR–B
L–Y
THW
Y
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1)
D4
DISTRIBUTOR
1
MANUAL
E28
W–B
E28
BR–B
NORMAL
4
BR–B
E8
SELECT SW
3
BR
W–B
13 1H
BR
W–B
1 1J
IE
152
10A
GAUGE
Y
12 1E
FROM CRUISE CONTROL
ECU
Y
11
Y
BR–B
I14
LG–R
IJ2
BR–B
LG–R
G–B
G–B
12 A
9 A
10 A
2
L
G–R
Y
V–G
OD1
1
69 B
80 B
79 B
BR
OD2
28 A
MI
25 A
2 A
A
II1
P
W–L
38
11
II1
2
D
P
V–G
II1
W–L
V–G
(SHIELDED)
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
5
5
SP1
P
EO2
BR
6
EO1
BR
E1
IJ2
G–R
A
C16
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
B , E10
(* 1)
L–R
E9
T6
TELLTALE
LIGHT RH
7
ODO AND
TRIP
L–R
A
W–L
BR
V–G
V–G
I17
BR
BR
BR
E27
BR
BR
ED
153
P2
(NEUTRAL START SW)]
Y
Y
Y
E28
4
II1
R
N
D
2
L
7
8
10
9
2
3
G–R
LG–R
G–B
I8
Y
I14
P
L
Y
R–B
Y
Y
Y
GR
Y
23
LG–R
LG–R
G–B
G–B
G–R
G–R
E28
I17
10 A
6 A
7 A
8 A
11 A
MANU
O/D OFF
G–B
II1
4 A
P
R
N
11 C
2 A
D
2
L
13 A
C10
B , C11
A , C12
COMBINATION METER
BR
12 A
V–G
10 B
W–L
11 B
L–R
I14
W–L
V–G
V–G
I21
IF3
V–G
1
W–B
I11
V–G
V–G
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
O5
O/D MAIN
SW
A
IE
IF
W–B
BR
W–B
4
154
27
II1
L–R
V–G
II1
LG–R
17
G–R
II1
L
18
R–B
II1
GR
1
Y
II1
1 A
R
2
L–R
R
R
II1
36
9 B
SPEED
3
L–R
2
II1
Y
7
W–B
V10
1
8
V–G
G–B
LG–R
G–R
L
GR
R–B
Y
I17
IH
C
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE, THROTTLE PRESSURE, LOCK–UP PRESSURE AND ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE ETC.
THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION IS A SYSTEM WHICH PRECISELY CONTROLS GEAR SHIFT
TIMING AND LOCK–UP TIMING IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE’S DRIVING CONDITIONS AND THE ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS DETECTED BY
VARIOUS SENSORS, MAKING SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS THE MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE
DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME, AND CONTROLS THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING TO ACHIEVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
WHEN DRIVING, THE ENGINE WARM UP CONDITION IS INPUT AS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL (B)44 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP.
SENSOR) AND THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO.2 IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)23 OF THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). AT THE SAME TIME, THE THROTTLE
VALVE OPENING SIGNAL FROM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)43 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS THROTTLE ANGLE SIGNAL.
BASED ON THESE SIGNALS, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
SELECTS THE BEST SHIFT POSITION FOR DRIVING CONDITIONS AND SENDS CURRENT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT (NO. 2 SOLENOID DOES NOT HAVE
CONTINUITY AT THIS TIME).
FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS SIMULTANEOUSLY FROM TERMINAL (B)9 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2
SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2 SOLENOID, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO THE 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) OCCURS WHEN NO CURRENT FLOWS TO NO. 1 AND NO. 2 SOLENOIDS.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL
THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)8 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)4
OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CUTS THE CURRENT TO THE SOLENOID TO RELEASE
LOCK–UP.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
CAUSES SHIFT TO OVERDRIVE WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT
FLOWS TO GROUND BY WAY OF THE O/D MAIN SW AND CAUSES THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A
SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.
5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT
WHEN THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS SWICHED FROM NORMAL TO MANUAL, A SIGNAL IS
INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)18 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). INPUT
OF THIS SIGNAL CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)1 OF COMBINATION METER → TERMINAL (A)12 →
TERMINAL (A)25 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND,
LIGHTING UP THE INDICATOR LIGHT. IF THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IS THEN SHIFTED TO “2” POSITION, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) ENABLES THE VEHICLE TO START OFF WITH THE TRANSMISSION IN
2ND GEAR, THUS PERMITTING EASING STARTING OFF AND DRIVING ON SLIPPERY ROADS.
6. CRUISE CONTROL
WHEN CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION IS SELECTED A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)12 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE
AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CONTROLS OVERDRIVE, LOCK–UP AND SO ON FOR
SMOOTH DRIVING.
155
SERVICE HINTS
E 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
1, 2, 3– GROUND : EACH 11–15 E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
1– 2 : 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F)
2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)
IGSW–E1: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
IDL1–E1: 0 –1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
VTA1–E1:0.3– 0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
STA–E1: 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING
VCC–E1: 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
L–E1 : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “L” POSITION
2–E1 : APPROX. 7.5– 14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “2” POSITION
V11 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)
1–2 : APPROX. 620 E 8 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW
4–3 : CLOSED WITH ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT MANUAL POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A5
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
26 (2JZ–GE)
E2
26 (2JZ–GE)
O5
29
C10
B
28
E3
26 (2JZ–GE)
P2
27 (2JZ–GE)
C11
A
28
E8
29
P3
27 (2JZ–GE)
C12
C
28
E9
B
29
S11
29
C16
28
E10
A
29
T2
27 (2JZ–GE)
D1
26 (2JZ–GE)
I19
29
T6
29
D4
26
J1
29
V10
27 (2JZ–GE)
D5
28
J2
29
V11
27 (2JZ–GE)
E1
26 (2JZ–GE)
K4
29
V12
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
1E
20
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1
NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
BATTERY AND J/B NO.2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1H
1I
1J
1K
2A
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA1
34 (2JZ–GE)
EA3
34
IB1
36
IF3
36
II1
38
38
IJ1
IJ2
156
NO. 2)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EB
34 (2JZ–GE)
ED
34 (2JZ–GE)
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
IE
IF
IH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
E20
I11
38
COWL WIRE
E25
I14
38
I17
38
ENGINE WIRE
I21
38
E27
34
ENGINE WIRE
E28
I8
38
157
158
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
159
1
60A
ABS NO. 1
R
R
E18
6
EA1
B–R
B–R
2
2 B
5 B
6 B
L–W
W–B
L
GND
TS
TC
16
L–W
11
IJ1
21
II1
W–B
11
16
23 A
IF1
IB6
1
IB6
P–B
L–B
V–Y
IB6
V
2
IJ1
L
Y
13
WA
22
P–B
15
(SHORT PIN)
BS
1 B
WB
L
SR
3 A
P–B
R–
4 A
L–B
MR
2 A
23
W
V–Y
BM
4 B
+BS
V
+BM
ABS RELAY
A8
A ,A9
B
1 A
D1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
Y
R
R
2
24 A
11 A
MR
R–
15 B
SR
TS
A18
B , A19
A
ABS ECU
4 A
3 A
5 B
BS
BM
MT
1 B
SFR
IB5
4 B
3 B
SFL
SRR
10
IB5
6 B
SRL
GND
2 A
15 A
W–B
9
GND
Y–G
P–B
P
IB5
18 A
W–B
SRL AST
14 A
5
IB6
Y–G
8
P
IB5
SRR
26 A
B–Y
7
Y
IB6
L–W
L
L–W
6
SFL
13 A
Y
L–W
1 A
P–B
SFR
6 A
B–Y
MT
2 B
AST
I18
E
1 A
A6
A , A7
B
W–B
W–B
M
ABS ACTUATOR
W–B
EA
160
IG
13 1K
W
4
Y
BR–W
1 B
2
1
1
2
IC2
8 IC2
LG
3
V
P
L
I22
IC2
(SHIELDED)
9
BR–W
IB5
(SHIELDED)
5
B
W
IB5
BR–W
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
RL–
TO BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL WARNING SW
9 B
BR–W
RL+
7 B
1
P5
PARKING BRAKE SW
IB5
4
A32
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR RH
(SHIELDED)
3
IB5
(SHIELDED)
BR–B
6
I22
RSS
W–B
16 B
LG
RR–
BR–W
B
8 B
I22
A10
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH
(SHIELDED)
IB5
L
2
14 B
PKB
I2
RR+
22 A
6 B
STP
A
FL–
9 A
W
FL+
10 A
12 B
GS1
BR–W
3 B
GS2
IF1
I4
G–W
10 B
IG1 GST
FSS
BR–B
L
FR–
R
IB5
1 B
B–O
W–L
12 A
V
25 A
BAT
A31
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR LH
4 B
D/G
I22
R
1
15
B–R
W–R
V–G
5 A
3 A
A11
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT RH
6
BR–W
TC
16 A
1
GND
9 A
BR–W
3
2
12
IF2
A18 B , A19
ABS ECU
FR+
C10 A , C12 B
BRAKE WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
Y
2
2
L
1
P–B
L
13 B
2
I14
I2
WA
1
12 1E
T5
ABS WARNING LIGHT
[TELLTALE LIGHT LH]
GST
L
P–B
IG1
A23
ABS LATERAL
ACCELERATION
SENSOR
GS2
GS1
S11
STOP LIGHT SW
ABS
14
I20
1I
4
P–B
L
B–R
R–L
TC
4
10A
GAUGE
10
I5
D5
(TDCL)
15A
STOP
Y
8 1H
B–R
10A
ECU–IG
W–R
10A
ECU–B
2
1
IG
161
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT
FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL, RIGHT REAR WHEEL AND LEFT REAR WHEEL WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC
STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK.
THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP.
(4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL
LATERAL ACCELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO THE ABS ECU.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING
TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO
THE RESERVOIR.
THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR
TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT
ACTING ON SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED.
HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED
PRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE
STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.
SERVICE HINTS
A 6(A), A 7(B) ABS ACTUATOR
(A) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
(B) 1, (B) 3, (B) 4, (B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 1.20 (IGNITION SW OFF)
(B) 2–(A) 4: 4–6 (IGNITION SW OFF)
A10, A11, A31, A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–2: 0.8–1.3 K (20°C, 68°F)
A18 (B), A19(A) ABS ECU
(A)12–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
(A) 2, (A)15–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
(A)25–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS
(A)1, (A)13, (A)14,(A)26,–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
(B)14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVEL PULLED UP
(B) 6–GROUND :10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)
P 5 PARKING BRAKE SW
1–GROUND: CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
S11 STOP LIGHT SW
1–2: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
162
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
A6
A
26 (2JZ–GE)
A18
A7
B
26 (2JZ–GE)
A19
A8
A
26
A23
A9
B
26
A10
26 (2JZ–GE)
A11
26 (2JZ–GE)
SEE PAGE
CODE
28
A
28
D1
26 (2JZ–GE)
28
D5
28
A31
30
P5
29
A32
30
S11
29
28
T5
29
C10
A
C12
SEE PAGE
B
B
28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
1E
SEE PAGE
20
20
1H
1I
1K
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
34 (2JZ–GE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)
36
36
36
II1
38
IJ1
38
IB5
IB6
IC2
IF1
IF2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA
34 (2JZ–GE)
IG
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E18
I2
I4
I5
SEE PAGE
34
38
COWL WIRE
38
CODE
I14
SEE PAGE
38
38
COWL WIRE
I18
I20
I22
163
ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
LG–R
1
1
V
30A
ABS
NO. 2
60A
ABS
NO. 1
L–B
B–R
2
2
2
2
IB5
R
16
R
E2
5
2
3
5
5
3
5
5
6
R
1
2
4
5
5
5
3
5
5
5
V–Y
V–Y
L
V–Y
G–B
E5
L–Y
2
4
V–Y
5
1
5
V–Y
4
5
4
5
V–Y
2
1
B–R
3
5
6
5
5
ABS SOLENOID
RELAY
5
TRACTION
MOTOR RELAY
1
5
ABS MOTOR
RELAY
5
5
TRACTION SOLENOID
RELAY
V–Y
V
R
R
B–R
LG–R
Y
R
V–Y
V–Y
E6
W–B
R–W
W–B
L–W
E5
V–Y
3
E5
T4
TRACTION
PUMP AND
MOTOR
B–R
W–B
IB6
G–B
W–G
L
2
W–B
13
1
V–Y
M
G–B
W–G
R–W
L
L–W
V–Y
B–R
EB
164
EA
LG–R
LG–R
I22
LG–R
V
L–B
T9
A , T10
B
TRACTION ECU
B–R
WT
FRO
FLO
20 A
23 A
RRO
6 A
RLO
19 A
BRFA
7 A
THFA
4 A
BRC
22 A
BRP
16 A
TRCO
21 A
9 A
IB6
1 A
15 A
TSR
SR
2
R–W
B–Y
V–R
P–G
P–B
GR–R
Y–B
IB6
V
1
L–B
IB6
B–R
18
O
LG–B
V
L–B
B–R
LG–R
2 A
13 B
MR
15 B
FRO
A20
6 B
FLO
A , A21
4 B
RRO
B , A22
5 B
RLO
7 B
BRFA
8 B
THFA
11 B
14 B
BRP
BRC
TRCO
C
ABS AND TRACTION ECU
R–W
9
Y–G
P–B
IB5
10
IB5
5
IB6
Y–G
IB5
P
B–Y
8
P–B
IB5
1
5 B
1 B
4 B
3 B
6 B
2 B
3 A
1 A
4 A
L–W
3
L
4
R–W
M
R–W
W–G
7
21 A
2
T3
TRACTION
BRAKE
ACTUATOR
G–B
IB6
AST
7 C
P
6
Y
L–W
IB2
SRL
26 A
B–Y
11
SRR
13 A
Y
IB2
SFL
1 C
L–W
10
SFR
9 A
V
V–Y
IB3
MT
2 C
W–B
4
SMC
8 C
W–G
G–B
IB6
G–B
14
SRC
V
22 A
V–Y
MTT
14 A
W–G
TMR
A6
A , A7
B
ABS ACTUATOR
E8
L
L–W
V–Y
V–Y
B–R
B–R
EA
165
LG–R
LG–R
T9
– +
A , T10
B
7 B
W–R
O
R
GR–R
IDL2
1 B
B
IDL1
2 B
IJ2
64 B
63 B
IDL1
41 B
IDL2
VCC
42 B
65 B
VTA2
E2
L–R
14 A
TRC+
Y–L
13 A
TRC–
GR–R
27 A
EFI+
BR–B
GR–R
26 A
EFI–
BR–B
38 A
NEO
Y–L
E16
P–L
11 A
ABS
1
2
3
4
E2
IDL
VTA
VC
IJ1
E10
A ,E9
B
Y–R
16 B
TRC+
9 B
W
TRC–
3 B
Y–R
R–B
EFI+
8 B
2
14
EFI–
10 A
P–L
NEO
17 A
L–R
ABSO
TRACTION ECU
S5
SUB THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
12 B
ABSO
EXO
A20
A , A21
B , A 22 C
V–Y
B–R
166
I9
V–Y
I9
2
1
V–Y
1
2
V–Y
I9
LG
1 B
IC2
3
V
IC2
8
IC2
LG
V
(SHIELDED)
I9
(SHIELDED)
9
(SHIELDED)
B
IB2
B
W
5
RL–
9 B
A31
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR LH
1
IB2
A32
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR RH
2
RL+
10 B
P
4
RR–
2 B
L
IB2
RR+
18 A
W
(SHIELDED)
6
A10
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH
L
IB5
(SHIELDED)
2
R
IB5
FL–
5 A
L
R
(SHIELDED)
1
(SHIELDED)
IB5
A11
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT RH
(SHIELDED)
3
FL+
4 A
(SHIELDED)
FR–
17 A
(SHIELDED)
FR+
1
2
V–Y
B–R
LG–R
LG–R
T9
A , T10
B
B–
BCM
BAT
11 B
12 B
12 A
26 A
3 A
11 A
18 A
W–R
B–R
G–W
P–B
BR–W
10 B
L
(SHIELDED)
B
4 B
Y
A
5 B
R
A–
W
BR
(SHIELDED)
6 B
G
ACM
IG1
STP
PKB
TRACTION ECU
TC
W–R
I4
B–R
I4
G–W
B–
8
BCM
A20
BR–W
IJ2
I 4 : USA
I10 : CANADA
W–B
S4
SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR
P–B
I4
A , A21
B , A22
W–B
7 A
24 A
C
10 A
W–B
R–W
LBL
D/G
PKB
TS
GS1
5 C
WA
GS2
GST
10 C
11 A
8 A
20 A
6 A
W–L
9 C
W–B
GND
12 C
TC
R–L
4 C
W–B
GND
23 A
B–O
25 A
6 C
STP
Y
GND
IG1
V–G
R–
V–Y
BAT
12 A
L
L
B
2
BR–W
A
1
P–B
A–
3
G–W
6
B–R
ACM
4
W–R
5
W–B
I4
1
W–L
R–L
B–O
4
Y
(USA)
BR–W
(CANADA)
B–W
2
W–B
IG
2
1
V–Y
B–R
4
DIODE
R–W
IB2
W–B
I18
W–B
W–B
I11
B2
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SW
14
R–W
R–W
I4
V–G
(USA)
BR–W
(CANADA)
B–W
B–R
EB
167
LG–R
LG–R
T9
A , T10
B
TRACTION ECU
24 A
W
IND
13 A
L–Y
BM
5 A
LG
CSW
14 A
W–B
GND
W–R
L–Y
W–R
B–R
B–R
I4
G–W
G–W
P–B
BR–W
BR–W
L
L
I4
L
W
P–B
W–B
11
Y
16
IJ1
Y
W–B
W–B
B–O
15
WB
23
LG
2
4
17
TRC
ABS
14
6 EA1
V–G
TS
D5
(TDCL)
6
I22
TC
W–B
GND
3
1
T8
TRAC OFF SW
GS1
2
TC
W–B
GS2
1
11
WA
D1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
L
GST
II1
B–R
A23
ABS LATERAL ACCELERATION
SENSOR
(SHORT PIN)
22
IG1
21
P–B
IJ1
B–R
4
R–L
W
I2
W
B–R
16
W–L
P–B
IF1
P–B
P–B
W–L
R–L
B–O
I20
W–B
I18
W–B
I11
V–G
W–B
W–B
Y
BR–W
(USA)
(USA)
BR–W
B–W
(CANADA)
(CANADA)
B–W
B–R
IG
168
IE
LG–R
1
7. 5A
TRAC
10A
ECU–B
10A
ECU–IG
15A
STOP
10A
GAUGE
3
13 1K
10
12 1E
1I
Y
W
8 1H
B–R
L–Y
2
W–R
2
IB3
L–Y
2
S11
STOP LIGHT
SW
W–R
B–R
G–W
G–W
1
BR–W
Y
I14
T5
TELLTALE
LIGHT LH
Y
C10
2
IF2
ABS
TRAC
L
12
BRAKE
IF2
1
A , C12
B
COMBINATION
METER
1 B
BR–W
7 B
4
LG–R
BR–W
LG–R
L
9 A
TRAC
OFF
8
W
2
W
W
Y
L
IF2
15
IF1
W
BR–W
P5
PARKING
BRAKE SW
(USA)
B–W
(CANADA)
B–W
8
1
BR–W
(CANADA)
I2
BR–W
(USA)
BR–W
(USA)
D6
DAYTIME
RUNNING
LIGHT
RELAY
(MAIN)
PKB
OIL
18
B–W
BR–W
BR–W
(CANADA)
I 2 : USA
I10 : CANADA
(CANADA)
W
BR–W
L
(USA)
LG–R
I2
B–W
(CANADA)
169
SYSTEM OUTLINE
(FOR ABS)
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT
FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL, RIGHT REAR WHEEL AND LEFT REAR WHEEL WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC
STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK.
THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONALLY STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS AND TRACTION
ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP.
(4) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL
LATERAL ACCELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR CONTROLS THE
CURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL
CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS
THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT
ACTING ON SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED, HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION,
HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN
BRAKING.
(FOR TRACTION CONTROL)
THE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM IS A SYSTEM WHEREBY THE “ABS AND TRACTION ECU” AND “TRACTION ECU” CONTROLS THE
ENGINE TORQUE AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER OF THE DRIVING WHEELS IN ORDER TO CONTROL
SPINNING OF THE DRIVING WHEELS WHEN STARTING OFF AND ACCELERATING, AND PROVIDE THE MOST APPROPRIATE DRIVING
FORCE IN RESPONSE TO THE ROAD CONDITIONS FOR VEHICLE STABILITY.
TRACTION CONTROL OPERATION
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNALS FROM THE SPEED SENSOR INSTALLED ON EACH WHEEL ARE INPUT TO THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU.
WHEN THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING ON A SLIPPERY ROAD AND THE DRIVING WHEEL (REAR WHEEL)
SLIPS, IF THE ROTATION OF THE REAR WHEEL EXCEEDS THE ROTATION OF THE FRONT WHEELS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD, THE
ECU JUDGES THAT THE REAR WHEEL IS SLIPPING.
WHEN THIS OCCURS, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TRACTION ECU TO SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR TO CLOSE THE SUB THROTTLE
VALVE. AT THE SAME TIME, OPERATION OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU CAUSE THE TRACTION BRAKE ACTUATORS (MASTER
CYLINDER CUT, RESERVOIR CUT SOLENOID) TO TURN ON TO SWITCH THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT TO “TRACTION” MODE.
IN THIS CASE, SIGNALS ARE INPUT FROM TERMINAL SRR OF ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO TERMINAL (B)3 OF ABS ACTUATOR, AND
FROM TERMINAL SRL OF ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO TERMINAL (B)6 OF ABS ACTUATOR, CONTROLLING THE REAR WHEEL
SOLENOID IN THE ABS ACTUATOR AND INCREASING THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER IN ORDER TO
PREVENT SLIP.
TO MAINTAIN THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE REAR WHEELS, THE REAR WHEEL SOLENOID INSIDE THE ABS ACTUATOR IS
PUT IN “HOLD” MODE AND KEEPS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TO THE WHEEL CYLINDER CONSTANT.
WHEN THE AMOUNT OF SLIP HAS DECREASED, THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IN THE WHEEL CYLINDER DECREASES.
170
SERVICE HINTS
A20 (A), A21 (B), A22 (C) ABS AND TRACTION ECU
(A) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS
(A) 24–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(C) 6–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON
(A) 25, (C) 4, (C) 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
(C) 12–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON)
A 6 (A), A 7 (B) ABS ACTUATOR
(B) 1, (B) 3, (B) 4, (B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 1.2 (IGNITION SW OFF)
(B) 2–GROUND : 4–6 (IGNITION SW OFF)
T 3 TRACTION BRAKE ACTUATOR
1–3 : APPROX. 2.1 2–4 : APPROX. 2.1 S11 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
A10, A11, A31, A32 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–2: 0.8– 1.3 K (20°C, 68°F)
T 9(A), T10(B) TRACTION ECU
(A)26–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSTION
(A)13–GROUND: ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS
(A)14–GROUND: ALWAYS BELOW 1 VOLTS
(A)18–GROUND:10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF)
(A) 3–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON
(A) 5–GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS WITH TRAC OFF SW RELEASED
(A)12–GROUND: ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER DEPRESSED
S 4 SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR
2–1, 2–3 : APPROX. 1.1 5–4, 5–6 : APPROX. 1.1 : PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A6
A7
SEE PAGE
A
24 (2JZ–GTE)
B
CODE
SEE PAGE
B2
CODE
SEE PAGE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
S5
25
24 (2JZ–GTE)
C10
A
28
S11
29
A10
24 (2JZ–GTE)
C12
B
28
T3
25
A11
24 (2JZ–GTE)
D1
24 (2JZ–GTE)
T4
25
29
A20
A
28
D5
28
T5
A21
B
28
D6
28
T8
A22
C
28
E9
B
29
T9
A
29
A23
28
E10
A
29
T10
B
29
A31
30
P5
29
A32
30
S4
25
29
171
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
22
4
23
5
23
R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
CODE
1E
SEE PAGE
20
20
1H
1I
1K
CODE
EA1
IB2
IB3
IB5
IB6
IC2
IF1
IF2
II1
IJ1
IJ2
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)
36
36
36
36
38
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EB
32 (2JZ–GTE)
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IG
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E2
E5
E6
12
14
172
SEE PAGE
I9
32
32
ENGINE WIRE
38
COWL WIRE
E8
E16
CODE
I10
38
COWL WIRE
38
38
COWL WIRE
I11
I14
I18
I20
I22
173
CRUISE CONTROL
10A
GAUGE
10A
ECU–B
12 1H
Y
Y
G–R
9
Y
Y
Y
E14 : 2JZ–GTE
E28 : 2JZ–GE
IJ2
G–R
I4
(A/T)
5
IF2
P
G–R
P
Y
20
2
B
II1
R
O
II1
I2
P–B
Y
2
IF1
BR
L–R
IF2
1
P–B
21
4
3
11
P–B
8
P–B
O
II1
6 B
I2
O
2
TO SPEED METER
[COMB. METER]
14
BATT
P–B
CRUISE
11 B
8
O
9 A
L–R
L–R
BR
I14
15
TC
7
C10 A , C12 B
COMBINATION METER
Y
R
10 A
5
L–R
7
R
ODO AND TRIP
PI
Y
P
6
D
C16
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
T6
TELLTALE LIGHT RH
Y
SPD
1
B–R
W–R
I14
2
7
G–R
4
II1
C15
CRUISE CONTROL
CLUTCH SW
(M/T)
(M/T)
P2
(NEUTRAL START SW)]
(A/T)
(A/T)
23
Y
9 1I
1
Y
Y
I14
8 1H
(M/T)
12 1E
10A
ECU–IG
10
4
11
A/D
TC
TC
V10
I8
BR
BR
IF
174
D5
(TDCL)
D1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
A ,
B
T2
E9
B , E10
15A
STOP
A
S2
IDL
8 A (2JZ–GTE)
2 B (2JZ–GE)
3 A (2JZ–GTE)
2 B (2JZ–GE)
C4
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
64 B
(A/T)
BR–B
R–L
IDL1
12 A
(A/T)
(A/T)
1I
R
OD1
9 B
10
M
R
S2
R–L
A , B
THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
W
E2
11
CANCEL
1 1J
R–L
R–L
26
MO
MC
L–
W
STP–
16
I4
1
IB6
W
G–W
2
4
1
3
I2
B–W
RESUME/
ACCEL
8
W
10
IB6
R–L
L
1
17
BR–B
LG
STP+
IB6
G–R
9
12
VR3
BR–B
G–R
LG
IB6
5
13 1H
5
G–W
MAIN
15
CCS
SET/
COAST
L
4
W
BR–W
R–Y
W–B
W–B
17 E
GND
7
S11
STOP LIGHT SW
3
IB6
25
VR2
MC
G–W
18
16
B–W
R–B
R
(A/T)
CCS
19
CMS
I4
PKB
CMS
15
IB6
24
VR1
IDL
13
W–B
7
23
21
OD
P5
PARKING BRAKE SW
GND
9
IB6
L
22
ECT
BR–B
R–L
C16
CRUISE CONTROL
ECU
(A/T)
10
P–G
IJ1
MO
6
P–G
3
LG–R
IJ2
VR3
3
LG–R
R
11
VR2
2
W
IJ2
VR1
1
R–B
10
E16 : 2JZ–GTE
I17 : 2JZ–GE
(A/T)
R–L
I17
TO LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR
C14
CRUISE CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
W–B
B–W
W
IE
175
CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU, TERMINAL 2 OF STOP
LIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGH THE ECU–B FUSE TO TERMINAL 15 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF COMBINATION
METER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15
OF CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL 19 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU
FUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO TERMINAL 13 OF CRUISE
CONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR
LIGHT → TERMINAL (B)6 → TERMINAL 7 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND. CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.
1. SET OPERATION
WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET
LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND
THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED, WHICH IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.
2. SET SPEED CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE
SPEED INPUTS INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE SPEED SENSOR, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE
CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL
ACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OF
CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE
VALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER
THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OF
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.
3. COAST CONTROL
DURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST
SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
4. ACCEL CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED.
THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
5. RESUME CONTROL
UNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SET
SPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE THE
CANCELLATION.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM
IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THE
ACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED.
∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER IN EXCEPT “D” POSITION (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW EXCEPT “D” POSITION)).
“SIGNAL IS NOT INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU” (A/T).
∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF ECU”
∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF ECU”
∗ PUSHING THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF ECU”
∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW OFF). “SIGNAL IS NOT INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU”
176
7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION
A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS
ERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNS OFF).
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON.
∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.
∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW.
∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED AND
THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL IS
RELEASED.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 1 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OF STOP LIGHT SW.
8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION
∗ IN OVERDRIVE. IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4
KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THE
POWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.
∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEED
MINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIONMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THAT
THE UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 2 SECONDS.
∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROL
ECU TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). UPON RECEIVING
THIS SIGNAL, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) CHANGES
THE SHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL.
TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE ETC.), LOCK–UP RELEASE OF THE
TRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.
SERVICE HINTS
C 4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1–3 : APPROX. 2 K
5–4 : APPROX. 38.5 C14 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB.SW]
15–17 : CONTINUOUS WITH MAIN SW ON
5–17 : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON
: APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON
: APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON
C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU
14–GROUND
1, 15–GROUND
3–GROUND
20–GROUND
18–GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: CONTINUOUS WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW)
: 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT
: APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW
: APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SW
: APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW
177
CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C4
CODE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
D1
26 (2JZ–GE)
D5
C10
A
28
C12
B
28
E2
SEE PAGE
P5
28
S11
A
24 (2JZ–GTE)
B
26 (2JZ–GE)
C14
28
E9
B
29
C15
28
E10
A
29
C16
28
D1
24 (2JZ–GTE)
P2
CODE
26 (2JZ–GE)
T2
SEE PAGE
29
29
A
25 (2JZ–GTE)
B
27 (2JZ–GE)
T2
V10
25 (2JZ–GTE)
29
25 (2JZ–GTE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
CODE
1E
SEE PAGE
20
20
1H
1I
1J
CODE
IB6
IF1
IF2
II1
IJ1
IJ2
SEE PAGE
36
36
38
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IE
IF
SEE PAGE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E14
E16
SEE PAGE
32
E28
34
I2
38
178
CODE
I4
ENGINE WIRE
I8
I14
COWL WIRE
I17
SEE PAGE
38
COWL WIRE
38
38
ENGINE WIRE
179
CRUISE CONTROL
180
PPS (PROGRESSIVE POWER STEERING)
181
PPS (PROGRESSIVE POWER STEERING)
10A
GAUGE
10A
ECU–IG
17 1E
B–R
Y
12 1E
Y
P
1
6
I14
P
Y
I14
Y
Y
ODO AND TRIP
B
B
SPEEDOMETER
[COMB. METER]
P4
PPS ECU
11 A
10 A
11 B
SOL+
SOL–
1
2
6
R
Y
L–R
23
II1
8
II1
3
1
2
II1
14
II1
LG–B
LG–R
BR
R
4
Y
II1
L–R
2
E
L–R
LG–B
I14
A , C12
W–B
5
C10
4
LG–R
7
L–R
9 A
BR
T6
TELLTALE LIGHT RH
5
SPD
P1
PPS SOLENOID
1
2
V10
I8
BR
BR
IF
182
IH
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE PPS (HYDRAULIC REACTION TYPE) CONTROLS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE HYDRAULIC REACTION
CHAMBER IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT USING THE PPS ECU, TO CHANGE THE STEERING FORCE AND PROVIDE OPTIMUM
STEERING FEELING AT ANY VEHICLE SPEEDS AND UNDER ANY STEERING CONDITIONS.
(PPS OPERATION)
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON THE STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE PPS
ECU. THE PPS ECU MONITORS VEHICLE SPEED, INPUT SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW,
THE PPS ECU SENDS A HIGHER–CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 1 OF THE SOLENOID VALVE → TERMINAL
2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, INCREASING THE SOLENOID VALVE OPENING ANGLE TO PROVIDE
COMFORTABLE STEERING OPERATION. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE PPS ECU DECREASES THE SOLENOID VALVE
OPENING ANGLE BY REDUCING THE CURRENT TO THE VALVE TO PROVIDE RESPONSIVE STEERING FEELING.
SERVICE HINTS
P 1 PPS SOLENOID
1–2 : APPROX. 7.7 (25°C, 77°F)
P 4 PPS ECU
4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C10
A
28
P1
27 (2JZ–GE)
C12
B
28
P4
29
25 (2JZ–GTE)
T6
29
P1
CODE
V10
SEE PAGE
25 (2JZ–GTE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
CODE
1E
SEE PAGE
20
CODE
II1
SEE PAGE
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IF
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IH
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I8
SEE PAGE
38
CODE
I8
SEE PAGE
38
183
SHIFT LOCK
15A
CIG
1I
9
1I
15A
STOP
10
1I
W
14
10A
ECU–IG
2
L–R
B–R
S11
STOP LIGHT
SW
G–W
1
5
1
2
ACC
IG
STP
S7
SHIFT LOCK ECU
SHIFT LOCK
CONTROL SW
P1
G–R
P
G
P2
G–W
SLS–
L
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
SLS+
E
6
4
W–B
V
KLS+
2
K3
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
W–B
1
12 1K
W–B
1 1J
IE
184
W–B
L–R
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE SHIFT
LOCK ECU, IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THAT
THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW) IS INPUT TO THE
ECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL ’SLS+’ OF THE SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL ’SLS–’ → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
TO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO POSITION OTHER THAN THE “P”.
2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2
AND P OF SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE ECU → KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID IS
CUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) AND
THE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION.
SERVICE HINTS
S 7 SHIFT LOCK ECU
5–GROUND :
1–GROUND :
4–GROUND :
2–GROUND :
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
S11 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
K3
CODE
29
SEE PAGE
S7
29
CODE
S11
SEE PAGE
29
CODE
SEE PAGE
1I
1J
20
1K
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IE
36
K3
1
LEFT KICK PANEL
S 7
2
1
2
X
4
5
6
S11
1
BLUE
2
185
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
1
15A
CIG
7. 5A
DOME
10A
PANEL
2
2
3 1I
L–R
R
2 1E
5 1B
L–R
I15
C6
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
R
2
L–R
L–R
G–O
11 1E
5
2
C8
CLOCK
1
4
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W–B
A
IH
186
G–O
W–B
W–B
10
IF3
G–O
3
SERVICE HINTS
C 6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
C 8 CLOCK
2–GROUND : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)
5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
(POWER FOR INDICATION)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C6
28
CODE
SEE PAGE
C8
CODE
28
J1
SEE PAGE
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
20
1I
20
CODE
IF3
SEE PAGE
36
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IH
SEE PAGE
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I15
SEE PAGE
38
C6
CODE
SEE PAGE
C8
BLACK
J1
1
2
X 2 3 4 5
A A
A A
A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
187
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
7. 5A
RAD NO. 2
GR
10 1E
R7
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
8
LEFT
RIGHT
UP
DOWN
LH
RH
LH
RH
7
6
3
5
LG–R
M+
1
BR–B
MRV
2
LG–B
MLV
BR–Y
MRH
LG
MLH
W–B
E
RIGHT
DOWN
SELECT SW
LEFT
UP
OPERATION SW
B
BR–B
18 1E
1 1J
5
3
MH
M
MV
M
W–B
R16
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH
IE
188
4
4
M+
14
IL1
BR–B
BR–Y
IL1
6
M+
IL1
BR–B
15
BR–Y
ID1
LG–R
10
LG–R
LG–R
11 ID1
LG–B
ID1
LG
12
I5
LG–R
LG–B
LG
W–B
LG–R
5
3
MH
MV
M
R17
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH
M
SERVICE HINTS
R7
8–GROUND :
5–2 :
8–5 :
2–GROUND :
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
CONTINUOUS WITH OPERATION SW AT LEFT OR UP POSITION
CONTINUOUS WITH OPERATION SW AT RIGHT OR DOWN POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
R7
CODE
29
R16
SEE PAGE
CODE
30
R17
SEE PAGE
30
CODE
SEE PAGE
1E
20
1J
20
CODE
SEE PAGE
ID1
36
IL1
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
36
IE
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
I5
38
R16
1 2
CODE
SEE PAGE
R 7
X 5 6
R17
3
7
8
3
4
5
3
4
5
189
POWER SEAT
1
30A
DOOR
2
L–W
15 1H
L–W
6 IC2
L–W
1 BQ1
M
1
2 BQ1
P12
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT
SLIDE CONTROL)
W–B
M
W–B
RECLINING MOTOR
BI
190
R–W
L
2
1
W–B
3
L–B
4
REAR
FRONT
2
REAR
FRONT
P11
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)
SERVICE HINTS
P11 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’S SEAT)
2– GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
1– GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
P11
CODE
31
P12
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
31
CODE
SEE PAGE
1H
20
CODE
SEE PAGE
IC2
36
BQ1
42
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
BI
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
P11
1
3
P12
1
2
2
4
191
SEAT HEATER (FOR CANADA)
15A
SEAT–HTR
B
16 1H
B
I11
I11
B
Y–R
Y–R
B
3
4
L
3
4
W–B
S6
SEAT HEATER SW
I24
W–B
2 BQ1
W–B
W–B
B9
2
W–B
S12
SEAT HEATER
(FOR DRIVER’ S
SEAT)
1
IG
192
BI
IG
S13
SEAT HEATER
(FOR PASSENGER’ S
SEAT)
S15
SEAT HEATER
RELAY
(FOR PASSENGER’ S
SEAT)
2
W–B
Y–R
2
1
1
2
B
1
S14
SEAT HEATER
RELAY
(FOR DRIVER’ S
SEAT)
L
RH
2
W–B
LH
6
1
3 BQ1
IC1
Y
4
W–B
Y–R
Y
Y–R
B
6
B
7 IC1
4 BQ1
SERVICE HINTS
S 6 SEAT HEATER SW
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
S6
29
S13
31
S12
31
S14
31
CODE
S15
SEE PAGE
31
CODE
1H
SEE PAGE
20
CODE
SEE PAGE
IC1
36
BQ1
42
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IG
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BI
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I11
SEE PAGE
38
I24
S6
1
2
4
CODE
B9
COWL WIRE
BLACK
6
S12 BLUE
S13 BLUE
1
1
2
2
SEE PAGE
42
SEAT WIRE
S14
S15
1
2
1
2
3
4
3
4
193
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
1
7. 5A
DOME
10A
GAUGE
2
2
Y
12 1E
R
1
T6
SEAT BELT
WARNING LIGHT
[TELLTALE
LIGHT RH]
Y–R
16
5 1B
1 1E
INTEGRATION RELAY
1
7
9
BUZZER
TIMER
10
12 1K
W–B
15
8
1I
6
12 1C
16
1I
B–W
2
1
15 IC2
R–B
Y
R–B
1 1J
W–B
5
3
U1
UNLOCK
WARNING SW
2
IE
194
W–B
W–B
I7
BI
W–B
2
W–B
1
D10
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
B6
BUCKLE
SW LH
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH DOME FUSE.
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY.
AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELT
WARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. A BUCKLE SW
OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY FLOWS THROUGH
TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEAT
BELT IS PUT ON DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF RELAY STOPS AND
THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.
2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEM
WITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DRIVER’S DOOR
OPENS (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAY
OPERATES, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER
SOUNDS.
SERVICE HINTS
B 6 BUCKLE SW LH
1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH
3–2 : CLOSED WITH LH DOOR OPEN
U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
INTEGRATION RELAY
6–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
5–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
8–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BUCKLE SW OFF
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B6
28
T6
29
D10
30
U1
29
CODE
SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
1C
20
1E
20
20
1I
1J
1K
CODE
IC2
SEE PAGE
36
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
BI
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I7
SEE PAGE
38
CODE
SEE PAGE
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
195
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
196
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS (supplemental restraint system), perform the operation in
accordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair
Manual for the applicable model year.
Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble
codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes before
disconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and the
negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.
(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within
90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated.)
When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systems
will be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.
When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock.
To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the
vehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surface
facing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take care
not to damage the connector.
(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)
Always store a removed or new front passenger airbag assembly with the airbag door facing up. Storing the
airbag assembly with the airbag door facing down could cause a serious accident if the airbag inflates.
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without high
humidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, center airbag sensor
assembly or front airbag sensors.
Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the
sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts.
Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.
After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuse
it. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10k/V) tester.
The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl No. 2 wire harness
assembly.
The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, as
are the connectors.
Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squibs.
(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)
If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harness
assembly.
When the connector to the front airbag sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wire
harness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.
(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the
instructions on the notices.
197
The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:
1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM
Each connector contains a short spring plate. When the
connector is disconnected, the short spring plate
automatically connects the power source and grounding
terminals of the squib to preclude a potential difference
between the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISM
This mechanism is designed to electrically check if
connectors are connected correctly and completely.
The electrical connection check mechanism is designed so
that the connection detection pin connects with the
diagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is in
the locked condition.
198
3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISM
With this mechanism connectors (male and female
connectors) are locked by two locking devices to increase
connection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribs
interfere and prevent the secondary lock.
199
* 1 : CONNECTION DETECTION PIN
7. 5A
IGN
15A
CIG
13 1E
B–Y
15
14
12
ACC
II1
2
IF1
11
P–B
I14
I14
IG2
4
P–B
P–B
21
B–Y
L–R
II1
B–Y
12
TC
12
P–B
T6
SRS WARNING
LIGHT
[TELLTALE
LIGHT RH]
AB
11
B–Y
2
B–O
TC
5
B–Y
9
1G
4
1E
B–Y
P–B
7
1G
3
1E
P–B
I5
7
LA
TC
C5
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
1
2
E1
3 1G
4 1G
1 1J
(* 1)
B
A
B
1
2
SPIRAL
CABLE
1
F1
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR LH
2
F2
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR RH
A27
AIRBAG SQUIB
(STEERING WHEEL
PAD)
A28
AIRBAG SQUIB
(FRONT PASSENGER
AIRBAG ASSEMBLY)
IE
200
E2
6
W–B
5
W–B
P–
1
W–B
(* 1)
A
P+
2
BR
B
2
D–
4
G
GR
1
D+
3
L
–SR
10
Y
+SR
11
W
–SL
9
R
+SL
8
IF1
P–B
W–R
AB
13
D5
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
B–Y
6 1G
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
B–Y
10 1G
10A
ECU–B
SYSTEM OUTLINE
∗ THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) IS A DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A
SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CENTER
AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE IGN FUSE TO TERMINAL 13.
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, WHEN DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR
AND SWITCH, AND THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THE
CIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 3, 2, OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB
→ TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 4, 1, OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5, TERMINAL 6 OR BODY GROUND
→ GROUND.
WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR
RH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF AND CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 3, 2, OF THE
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 4, 1, OF THE CENTER
AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 8 OR 11 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 9
OR 10 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 5, TERMINAL 6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND, WHEN THE
SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR RH IS ON
AND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TO
THE AIRBAG SQUIBS AND CAUSES THEN TO OPERATE.
THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE
DRIVER.
THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK
TO THE PASSENGER.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A27
28
D1
26 (2JZ–GE)
A28
28
D5
28
C5
28
D1
24 (2JZ–GTE)
F1
CODE
F2
24 (2JZ–GTE)
T6
SEE PAGE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
26 (2JZ–GE)
29
26 (2JZ–GE)
CODE
1E
1G
1J
SEE PAGE
20
20
CODE
SEE PAGE
IF1
36
II1
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IE
SEE PAGE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
SEE PAGE
38
CODE
I14
SEE PAGE
38
201
202
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
203
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
C14
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
20A
WIPER
WASHER1
OFF
5 1H
1 1A
INT
1
L
TO
FRONT WIPER MOTOR
4
W–B
IC2
LG–B
L
5 BM1
IC2
4 BM1
3 BM1
LG–B
13
IB2
16
LG–R
LG
L
W1
WASHER MOTOR
2
3
M
10
LG–R
L
1 IC2
LG
E 9 : 2JZ–GTE
E21 : 2JZ–GE
1
LG–R
2
LG–B
WASHER2
L
L
ON
12 1K
1 1J
3
2
L
C1
LS
C1
W–B
L
R15
REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY
5 BO1
LG–B
2 BO1
LG–R
4 BO1
REAR WIPER RELAY
L
1 B
+B
Y
SM
L
L
R
LM
LM
+B
SM
REAR WIPER
MOTOR
W–B
M
IE
204
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR, TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER
MOTOR AND RELAY THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.
1. REAR WIPER NORMAL OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF
THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 →
TO GROUND. THUS, THE RELAY COIL IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REALY FLOWS TO TERMINAL LM →
TERMINAL LM OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR → MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE MOTOR TO OPERATE THE WIPER.
2. REAR WIPER INTERMITTENT OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW IS TURNED TO INT POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1
OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 OF THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW
→ TERMINAL 16 → GROUND.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR TO OPERATE (THE POINT CHANGES) AND THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT OF THE RELAY OPERATES.
INTERMITTENT OPERATION OF THE CIRCUIT IS CONTROLLED BY THE CHANGING AND DISCHARGING OF THE CONDENSER INSTALLED
INSIDE THE RELAY.
3. WASHER OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO ON POSITION, WHEN THE WIPER SW IS TURNED
FURTHER, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OF
THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND, SO THAT THE WASHER MOTOR ROTATES AND THE WINDOW WASHER
EJECTS THE SPRAY, ONLY WHILE THE SWITCH IS FULLY TURNED.
WHEN THE WIPER SW IS OFF AND THEN TURNED TO WASHER ON (WIPER OFF SIDE), ONLY THE WASHER OPERATES.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
W 1 WASHER MOTOR
3–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH WASHER SW TURNED ON
R15 REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY
2–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH REAR WIPER SW AT INT POSITION
3–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH REAR WIPER SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C14
28
R15
30
CODE
W1
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
25 (2JZ–GTE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
CODE
1A
SEE PAGE
20
20
1H
1J
1K
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB2
36
IC2
36
BM1
40
BO1
40
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IE
SEE PAGE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E9
SEE PAGE
32
CODE
E21
SEE PAGE
34
205
ELECTRIC TENSION REDUCER
6 1C
13 1K
B–R
B–R
10A
ECU–IG
1
1
2
2
B–W
T12
TENSION REDUCER
SOLENOID RH
B–W
T11
TENSION REDUCER
SOLENOID LH
1
1
B6
BUCKLE SW
LH
BI
206
W–B
2
W–B
2
B7
BUCKLE SW
RH
IG
SERVICE HINTS
BUCKLE SW LH
B6
1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
BUCKLE SW RH
B7
1–2 : CLOSED WITH PASSENGER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
T11, T12
TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID LH, RH
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B6
28
T11
30
B7
28
T12
30
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
1C
20
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1K
20
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
36
40
IG
BI
B 6
1
RIGHT KICK PANEL
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
B 7
2
1
T11
2
1
T12
2
1
2
207
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER
3
10A
GAUGE
30A
DEFOG
10A
MIR–HTR
4
7 1K
Y
12 1H
7 1C
4 1H
1 1D
B
W–L
1
3
B
5
6 BM1
3
1 BO1
13
IF1
1 A
N3
2
A
B
B
B
NOISE
FILTER
1
A13
B , A14
A
SW1
GND
IL1
W–B
9 A
P–B
4 B
R–W
3 A
16
1 C
B–W
A/C AMPLIFIER
C
W–B
N2
NOISE
FILTER
R–DEF
SW5
R18 B , R19
REAR
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
1
18 A
10
7
A
NOISE
FILTER
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
10 1D
A
W–B
H13
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER SW
[HEATER CONTROL SW]
1
W–B
1 B
2
W–B
1 1J
W–B
8
IL1
W–B
IH
208
IE
R16
MIRROR
HEATER LH
[REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR LH]
B
B
I4
L–R
B
B
IF1
W–B
5 IC2
R17
MIRROR
HEATER RH
[REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR RH]
4
B
4
L–R
2
I6
B
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
RELAY
L–R
4
L–R
4
SERVICE HINTS
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
(4) 3 –(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW [HEATER CONTROL SW] ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A13
A14
SEE PAGE
B
28
A
28
CODE
SEE PAGE
N2
N3
A
CODE
SEE PAGE
29
R18
B
30
30
R19
C
30
H13
29
R16
30
J1
29
R17
30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
4
SEE PAGE
23
CODE
SEE PAGE
1C
20
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D
20
20
1H
1J
1K
CODE
SEE PAGE
IC2
36
IF1
36
IL1
38
BM1
40
BO1
40
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IH
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I4
SEE PAGE
38
CODE
COWL WIRE
A13
B
I6
ORANGE
A14
4
A
SEE PAGE
38
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
ORANGE
H13
ORANGE
3
X X
J1
9
X
X
N 2, N 3
X
A
18
R16, R17
7
R18
B
1
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
1
X
GREEN
10
X
R19
X
C
1
1 2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
209
AUTO ANTENNA
1
20A
RAD
NO. 1
7. 5A
RAD
NO. 2
10A
ECU–IG
3 1H
GR
10 1E
(* 1)
17 1E
GR
L–Y
2
B–R
2
8 IB1
(*1)
L–Y
GR
L–Y (*1)
L–Y
I2
L–Y
(* 1)
L–Y (*2)
L–Y
IF1
(* 2)
GR
GR
L–Y
1
I15
I15
(*2)
P–L (*1)
P–L (*2)
GR
(*2)
B–R (*1)
B–R (*2)
(*2)
P–L
B–R (*1)
(*1)
P–L
GR
L–Y
B–R
B–R (*2)
1
4
5
8
7
6
+B
IG
ACC
AMP
ANT
GND
W–B
– +
3
G
DOWN
2
R
UP
7 IE1
6 IE1
A30
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY
1
M
2
A33
AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR
A
W–B
R
G
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IH
210
* 1 : W/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
* 2 : W/O STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
S8
A
,S9 B
STEREO POWER
AMPLIFIER
GR
(* 1)
GR
(* 1)
L–Y
(* 1)
L–Y
(* 2)
GR
(* 2)
P–L
(* 1)
P–L
L–Y
I24
(* 1)
L–Y
(* 1)
P–L
(* 1)
(* 2)
3
A ACC
6
A +B1
2
A +B2
1
B AMP+
(SHIELDED)
B–R (* 1)
V
(* 1)
B–R
(* 2)
LG
(* 1)
8
IH1
9
IH1
(* 1)
(* 1)
P–L
P–L
(SHIELDED)
9
B OUT
3
B OUT
10
B GND
GND
4 A
BR
4 A (* 1)
4 B (* 2)
11
R4 B ,R6 A
RADIO AND PLAYER
IF3
BR
(* 2)
L–Y
(* 1)
(* 1)
V
3 A
3 B
LG
(* 2)
GR
1 A
9 B
(* 1)
(* 2)
P–L
8 A
8 B
P–L
B–R (* 1)
B–R (* 2)
I16
IF
211
AUTO ANTENNA
SERVICE HINTS
A30 AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY
1–GROUND :
4–GROUND :
5–GROUND :
6–GROUND :
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A30
28
R4
B
29
A33
30
R6
A
29
J1
29
S8
A
29
CODE
S9
SEE PAGE
B
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1E
20
1H
20
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB1
36
IE1
36
IF1
36
IF3
36
IH1
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IF
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IH
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
I2
38
COWL WIRE
I16
38
CONSOLE BOX WIRE
I15
38
I24
38
COWL WIRE
212
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER)
1
20A
RAD
NO. 1
ACC
IF3
6 IH2
1 IH2
L–Y
B
Y
R
6 A
6 A
2 A
2 A
4 C
6 D
11 C
2 D
3 C
1 D
+B1
+B2
RL+
S8
A ,S9
2
RL–
3
IF3
W
2
L–Y
IH2
IE1
R
11
B
2
I24
3 A
3 A
IE1
Y
10
1
Y
B
IB1
L–Y
GR
8
2
R
1
2
L–Y
3 1H
R14
REAR SPEAKER RH
W
R13
REAR SPEAKER LH
2
3
IH2
W
7. 5A
RAD
NO. 2
10 C (* 1)
5 D (* 2)
RR+
RR–
B , S1 0 C , D
STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
V
P
6
IH1
1
WF+
IH1
WF–
14 C (* 1)
(* 2)
5 C
5 IH1
2
IH3
1
IH3
LG–B
L
V
LG–R
L
I14
IF3
1
2
BR
F12
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH
1
2
F10
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) LH
IF
1
2
F13
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH
1
2
F11
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) RH
9
IE1
13
IE1
LG–R
L
IL1
LG–B
1
L
IL1
LG
LG
5
V
ID1
V
8
P
P
2 ID1
214
I14
LG
I5
P
I5
11
LG
V
P
BR
2 IH1
FR–
8 C
8 D
LG–R
FR+
1 C
9 D
LG–B
FL–
9 C
4 D
L
FL+
2 C
3 D
LG
GND
4 A
4 A
1
2
W2
WOOFER (SPEAKER)
* 1 : W/ WOOFER (SPEAKER)
* 2 : W/O WOOFER (SPEAKER)
S8
A
,S9
B , S10
C ,
D
F. L
F. R
R. L
R. R
GND
6 B
6 B
13 B
13 B
14 B
14 B
10 B
10 B
OUT
OUT
9 B
9 B
3 B
3 B
3
4
AMP+
1 B (* 1)
1 B (* 2)
6
7
14
15
F. L
F. R
MUTE
R. L
R. R
ACC
1
B
AMP
ANT
R6
RADIO AND PLAYER
B–R
8
IH1
9
IH1
P–L
8
B–R
GND
P–L
5
I16
P–L
BR
BEEP
W
13
FADE
R
G
12
L
B
11
Y
(SHIELDED)
P–L
5 B
5 B
LG
MUTE
4 B
4 B
V
BEEP
12 B
12 B
(SHIELDED)
FADE
11 B
11 B
7
8
ANT
AMP
A30
AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL RELAY
215
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER)
SERVICE HINTS
S 8(A) STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
(A) 6, (A)2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A30
28
R6
29
F10
29
R13
30
F11
29
R14
30
F12
30
S8
A
29
F13
30
S9
B
29
CODE
S10
W2
SEE PAGE
C
29
D
29
30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
22
CODE
1H
SEE PAGE
20
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB1
36
ID1
36
IE1
36
IF3
36
38
38
IH1
IH2
IH3
IL1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IF
SEE PAGE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
I14
216
SEE PAGE
38
CODE
SEE PAGE
I16
38
CONSOLE BOX WIRE
I24
38
COWL WIRE
* 1 : W/ WOOFER (SPEAKER)
* 2 : W/O WOOFER (SPEAKER)
217
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER)
1
20A
RAD
NO. 1
7. 5A
RAD
NO. 2
2
10 1E
L–Y
2
IB1
1
A30
AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL RELAY
R14
REAR SPEAKER RH
2
1
2
IE1
2
IF3
3
B
ACC
Y
R
W
3 A
2 B
6 B
1 B
3 B
RL+
RL–
R4
A ,R5
RR+
RR–
B
L
2
1
2
F10
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) LH
L
LG
I14
1
L
IL1
1
2
F13
1
2
F11
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) RH
L
IL1
LG
LG
5
V
V
8 ID1
P
P
BR
ID1
F12
218
I14
V
P
I5
1
IF
FR–
5 A
I5
2
FR+
1 A
LG
FL–
6 A
V
FL+
2 A
P
GND
8 A
9 A
ANT
RADIO AND PLAYER
7 A
8
IF3
B
4 A
AMP
P–L
11
ANT
7
B–R
R
Y
IE1
L–Y
10
W
IF1
B
1
R13
REAR SPEAKER LH
GR
L–Y
8
AMP
SERVICE HINTS
R 4(A) RADIO AND PLAYER
(A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A30
28
F10
29
F11
29
CODE
SEE PAGE
F12
F13
R4
CODE
30
A
R5
SEE PAGE
B
29
30
R13
30
29
R14
30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
22
CODE
SEE PAGE
1E
20
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB1
36
ID1
36
IE1
36
IF1
36
IF3
36
IL1
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IF
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
I5
38
A30
GRAY
CODE
F10
F11
I14
F12
SEE PAGE
38
F13
R4
1
2
5
6
A
3
4
7 8
R5
B
1
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
R13
R14
1
1
2
2
7
8
9
2
X
6
219
220
IE
BR
4
EC
11 A
II1
2
IE1
3
5 BP1
3 BP1
1 BP1
1
2
3
(M/T)
(M/T)
13
COMBINATION METER
I3
29
EXT
I4
IGNITER
1
F14
FUEL SENDER
IF
B–W (A/T)
G–Y
C9
CLUTCH START
SW
G–B
B–W
11 1H
7 1H
19 1E
14 1E
C , C12 A
16 A
15 A
6 B
13 A
II1
IE1
TACO
16
RH
IF1
2
G–Y
1
TURN
B
6
(* 3)
(A/T)
B–W
B–W
B
G–B
N
LH
P
P2
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SW (NEUTRAL START SW)
2
E10
IE1
5
B
7. 5A
ST
BULB
CHECK RELAY
IB1
TACHO
(* 1)
13
IJ2
B–W
10 A
BR
(* 2)
R–W
B
FROM HEADLIGHT HI RH
(* 4)
1
FUEL
4 1K
BR
BR
8 B
Y–B
FUEL
R–W
B–W
BR
24
BR
II1
Y–B
19
8 A
Y–G
9 A
Y–B
IF1
B , C11
Y–G
C10
BR
WATER TEMP.
R–W
2
Y–G
14
Y–L
2 A
BR
IF2
3 A
Y–L
6 A
(* 1)
R–W
6
E4
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENDER
(WATER TEMP. SENDER)
HIGH BEAM
15A
HEAD(RH)
(FOR USA)
R–L
4
R–L
CRUISE
TRAC
2
TO DIMMER SW
[COMB. SW]
IF2
O
(* 3)
W
1
W–B (* 2)
1
O
W
7 A
TO CRUISE CONTROL
ECU
TO TRACTION ECU
COMBINATION METER
9
IJ2
FROM TURN SIGNAL SW
[COMB. SW]
IF2
* 1 : USA
* 2 : CANADA
* 3 : 2JZ–GTE
* 4 : 2JZ–GE
G–O
10A
PANEL
FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)]
3 1I
II1
27
II1
8 C
11 C
2
C10
B , C11
C , C12 A
COMBINATION METER
L
7 C
D
6 C
N
10 C
R
4 C
MASTER
17
G–B
II1
LG–R
18
G–B
LG–R
G–R
II1
G–R
1
L
II1
R–B
36
GR
II1
P
BRAKE
7
L
GR
R–B
G–O
15
14 A
2 B
1 B
R–G
W–B
4 B
R–Y
W–B
5 B
Y–G
7 B
L–W
13 C
G
1 A
BR–W
DELAY
IF1
33
II1
R–G
R–Y
4
Y–G
2
14
1
E7
ENGINE OIL
LEVEL SENSOR
IB2
34
II1
A
BR
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(* 4)
A
A
W–B
2
BR–W
(*3)
2
1
P5
PARKING BRAKE
SW
W–B
(* 3)
W–B
R–W
(*4)
W–B
1
BR–W
L–W
Y–G
1
B2
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SW
R–W
(* 2)
8
I2
(* 1)
PKB
(* 1 * 3)
BR–W
OIL
D6
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
(MAIN)
18
BR–W
4
Y–G
TO GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
(* 2 * 3)
G
B–W
I14
DIODE
BR–W
(* 2)
B–W
I2
(* 1)
BR–W
B–W (* 2)
EB
IH
EC
221
COMBINATION METER
Y
G–O
Y
10A
GAUGE
IF3
I14
12 1E
G–O
10
7. 5A
DOME
Y
Y
G–O
I8
2
Y
R
G–O
2
Y
12 B
1 C
9 B
I14
5 1B
II1
Y
23
1
11 1E
V10
8
T6
TELLTALE LIGHT RH
DOOR
ODO AND TRIP
L–R
2
5
10
6
7
14
11
W–G
P
BR
R–B
R–G
8
L–R
II1
II1
R
2
R
L–R
3
L–R
COMBINATION METER
C , C12 A
11 B
C10
B , C11
V–G
10 B
R
12 C
W–L
2 C
W–G
13 B
4
SPEED
MANU
O/D OFF
ILLUMINATION
1
R
Y
3 C
Y
G–O
G–O
I14
Y
Y
I8
G–O
I14
I14
R–G
Y–G
Y–G
R–Y
R–Y
L–W
L–W
P
11
II1
P
I14
P
TO DIODE
(FOR INTERIOR LIGHT)
TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE ECU)
TO PPS ECU
TO ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE ECU)
TO RHEOSTAT
II1
P
I21
TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU
TO A/C AMPLIFIER
P
5
IF2
P
I14
P
BR
38
P
II1
V–G
5
B
R–B
P
B
W–L
B
W–G
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–G
W–G
IF
222
L–W
25
W–B
II1
TO TRACTION ECU
15
II1
2
SECURITY
TRAC OFF
OIL
T5
TELLTALE LIGHT LH
8
W–B
5
(* 3)
LG–R
3
LG–R
IF2
Y–B
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP
(CHECK ENGINE)
Y–B
L–B
4
L–B
2
TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE ECU)
12
(* 3)
4 1E
L
W–L
10A
ECU–B
FROM THEFT DETERRENT
ECU
2
ABS
W–R
Y
B–O
3
L
1
R–Y
OIL LEVEL
13 1E
(* 4)
6
L–W
SRS
CHRAGE
8 1E
L
IE1
15
B–Y
12
Y–G
REAR LIGHT
7. 5A
IGN
TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU
TO ABS ECU
Y–G
B–Y
5
18
V
SEAT BELT
T6
TELLTALE LIGHT RH
TO CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
V
Y–R
16
TO LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR
TO INTEGRATION
RELAY
* 1 : USA
* 2 : CANADA
* 3 : 2JZ–GTE
* 4 : 2JZ–GE
Y
10
9
IF2
18 1E
9 1G
1 1J
R–Y
1
O2
OIL PRESSURE
SW
IE
223
COMBINATION METER
SERVICE HINTS
B 2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
O 2 OIL PRESSURE SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE ABOVE APPROX. 20 KPA (2.8 PSI, 0.2 KG/CM2)
E 4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENDER (WATER TEMP. SENDER)
1–GROUND : APPROX. 160–240 (50°C, 122°F)
: APPROX. 17.1–20.4 (120°C, 288°F)
E 7 ENGINE OIL LEVEL SENSOR
1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT UP AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 55°C (131°F)
OPEN WITH FLOAT DOWN AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 60°C (140°F)
F14 FUEL SENDER
1–2 : APPROX. 3 AT FUEL FULL
: APPROX. 110 AT FUEL EMPTY
C10(B), C12(A) COMBINATION METER
(B) 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(A)16–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER AT P OR N POSITION (A/T)
12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION AND CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T)
(A)11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
(A) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
B2
26 (2JZ–GE)
C9
28
CODE
E4
E7
SEE PAGE
26 (2JZ–GE)
24 (2JZ–GTE)
26 (2JZ–GE)
CODE
O2
P2
SEE PAGE
27 (2JZ–GE)
25 (2JZ–GTE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
C10
B
28
E10
29
P5
29
C11
C
28
F14
30
T5
29
C12
A
28
I4
27
T6
29
D6
28
J1
29
E4
24 (2JZ–GTE)
O2
25 (2JZ–GTE)
V10
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
22
4
23
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
20
1E
20
20
1G
1H
1I
1J
1K
CODE
IB1
SEE PAGE
36
36
36
IF3
36
II1
38
IJ2
38
BP1
40
IB2
IE1
IF1
IF2
224
25 (2JZ–GTE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EB
EC
IE
IF
IH
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I2
I3
I8
SEE PAGE
38
COWL WIRE
38
CODE
I14
I21
SEE PAGE
38
225
COMBINATION METER
226
RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. HEATER BLOWER OPERATION
MANNAL BLOWER OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER CONTROL SW IS SET TO ANY BLOWER SPEEDS, THE A/C AMPLIFIER OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO DRIVE
THE BLOWER MOTOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL
RELAY. THE CURRENT ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL
RELAY IS OUTPUT AT TERMINAL M+ AS THE VOLTAGE FOR THE SELECTED BLOWER SPEED. THE CURRENT THEN FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL M+ OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL M– OF BLOWER MOTOR
CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, AND THE BLOWER MOTOR OPERATES AT THE BLOWER SPEED SELECTED.
AUTO FUNCTION
WHEN THE AUTO SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C AMPLIFIER CALCULATES THE REQUIRED VENT TEMPERATURE BASED ON THE SET
TEMPERATURE AND INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR. THEN TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER INPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL SI
OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY IN CONFORMITY WITH THE REQUIRED VENT OUTPUT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL M+ OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY →
TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL M– OF BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL GND →
GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER MOTOR. THE BLOWER MOTOR THEN OPERATES AT DIFFERENT STEPS IN CONFORMITY WITH
VARIABLE CURRENT FLOW OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTOR
CONTROL RELAY.
2. OPERATION OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
→ TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL AIR OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER
STOPS AT RECIRC POSITION.
(SWITCH(NG FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
→ TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL AIF OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER
STOPS AT FRESH POSITION.
3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C AMPLIFIER
(SWITCHING FROM DEF TO FACE)
THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL AOF OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR →
TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL AOD OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER
MOVES TO FACE SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT FACE POSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS
INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE TERMINAL TPO OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER. AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE
SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE AMPLIFIER, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO DEF)
THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AOD OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR →
TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL AOF OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS
AT THAT POSITION.
4. OPERATION OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE SW IS TURNED TO THE “COOL” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMC OF A/C AMPLIFIER
→ TERMINAL 1 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL AMH OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL
GND → GROUND AND THE MOTOR ROTATES. THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE AT THIS TIME IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF SERVO
MOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THE DAMPER STOP POSITION AND MAINTAIN
THE SET TEMPERATURE.
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO THE “WARM” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMH OF A/C
AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL AM1 OF A/C AMPLIFIER,
ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE AND SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO WARM SIDE.
228
5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION
THE A/C AMPLIFIER RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURE SIGNAL
FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR, ETC.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (HEATER CONTROL SW) IS ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER. AS A
RESULT, THE GROUND CIRCUIT IN A/C AMPLIFIER IS CLOSED AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/C
MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL ACMG OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) → TERMINAL A/C →
TERMINAL MGC OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, TURNING THE RELAY ON, SO THAT THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH
IS ON AND THE A/C AMPLIFIER OPERATES.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) DETECTS THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C
AMPLIFIER IS OPERATING AND OPENS DIRECTION TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE RPM DURING A/C OPERATING.
WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, THE A/C AMPLIFIER OPERATES TO TURN OFF THE
AIR CONDITIONING.
∗ ENGINE RPM SIGNAL IS HIGH.
∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THERE IS A LARGE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ENGINE SPEED AND COMPRESSOR SPEED.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW.
229
1
1
50A
HTR
7. 5A
HTR
30A
FAN
2
2
2
2
2 1K
R–L
5 1A
R–L
R–L
(* 1)
R3
RADIATOR FAN
RELAY NO. 2
R–L
1
R–L
E9
B
(* 1)
3
6
W–B
5
W–B
E3
L–R
R–L
R–L
4
R–L
2
2
W–B
E9
(* 1)
W–R
R–L
R–L
R2
RADIATOR FAN
RELAY NO. 1
2
2
L
2
1
E3
L–B
3 A
L–B
5
2
L–W
2
L–R
2
3
3
L–B
2
A
HEATER
RELAY
4
1
L
3
2
A/C SINGLE
PRESSURE SW
5
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY
1
2
E 9 : *1
E20 : * 2
A3
2
W–G
2
2 A
W–G
IB4
1 EA1
L–W
5
IF1
L–W
L
13
IF3
L
L–R
3
IB2
L–W
L
L
IK1
2
L
10
L
II1
L
1 B
1 A
1
M
1
L–B
M
1
IK1
1
E2
E5
W–B
B3
BLOWER MOTOR
M
2
W–B
2
W–B
B
BR
W–B
1
2
EB
230
W–B
2 B
GND
IG
EB
W–B
M–
2
W–B
M+
4
A2
A/C CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
SI
W–B
3 A
+B
,B5 B
R1
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
2 A
A
L
B4
BLOWER MOTOR
CONTROL RELAY
L–B
L
IK1
A4
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
3
L–R
W–B
E11 : * 1
E26 : * 2
E5
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMP. SW
(WATER TEMP. SW)
R–L
1
EA
* 1 : 2JZ–GTE
* 2 : 2JZ–GE
W–B
R–L
R–L
A/C
TACO
23
34
16
L–R
B–W
(* 1)
ACMG
W–G
E10
2 EA1
W–G
I4
IGNITER
W–G
EXT
L–W
4
L
B–W
(* 2)
L
31
II1
29
II1
L–R
B–W
13 B
7 C
15 B
16 B
6 B
21 C
VER1
A/C–IN
BLW
HR
MGC
IGN
W–B
W–B
GND
L–W
9 B
L
W–B
L
I15
W–B
W–B
A12
C , A13 A , A14 B
A/C AMPLIFIER
A
W–B
A
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IH
231
W–B
W–B
H12
9 A
A
, H13 B
HEATER CONTROL SW
RR–
DEFOG
DEF
F/D
FOOT
B/L
FACE
R–L
A24
AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
RECIRC
M
FRESH
16
IG1
13
IG1
15
1 A
6 A
18 A
5 A
6 B
3 B
4 B
GR
4
G
G–R
3
IG1
14
IG1
R–Y
BR
Y
BR–W
16 C
4 C
10 C
11 C
1 C
R–L
I15
G
V
R–L
R–L
IF1
R–L
10
5
R–L
R–L
2
R–L
G–R
G
8 B
19 B
20 B
IG
AIR
GR
R–L
I15
AIF
A12
C
, A13 A , A14
A/C AMPLIFIER
232
17 B
AIM/AMOUT
B
L–RDEF L–DEF
L–F/D L–FOOT
L–B/L
2 C
L–FACE
* 1 : 2JZ–GTE
* 2 : 2JZ–GE
H12
A
, H13 B
HEATER CONTROL SW
REC/
FRS
AUTO
A/C
FAND–FAND+
OFF
12 B
11 B
7 A
15 A
3 A
4 A
14 A
17 A
12 A
16 A
1 B
10 B
9 B
13 A
2 B
7 B
11 A
2 A
10 A
LG–B
GR
B
LG
P
B–W
P–B
R
LG–R
W–L
R–W
G–W
L–R
Y–B
P–B
V–W
L–B
BR–W
COOL
R–B
WARM
BR–W
V–W
V–W
I12
6 C
17 C
L–MAUTO L–REC
18 C
L–FRS
19 C
L–A/C
12 C
L–HI
15 C
L–M3
14 C
L–M2
3 C
L–M1
A12
13 C
1 B
L–L0
4 B
SW7
C , A13 A
SW6
3 B
SW5
2 B
SW4
8 A
SW3
10 A
SW2
4 A
SW1
9 A
SG
11 B
TSET
, A14 B
A/C AMPLIFIER
233
A4
A/C LOCK SENSOR
[A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH]
G–Y
V–W
A1
A/C AMBIENT
TEMP. SENSOR
1
2
3
IB6
20
M
II1
1
LG
BR–W
BR–W
I12
IF3
8
IF3
5
26
II1
BR–W
IG1
1
BR–W
I13
BR–W
V–W
V–W
V–W
I12
V–W
V–W
I14
1
2
I19
V–W
TAM
IG1
1 IG1
W
11
LG–R
IG1
22 C
10 B
7 A
8 C
16 A
9 C
LOCK–IN
C , A13 A , A14 B
A/C AMPLIFIER
7
Y–L
P–B
6 A
TR
IG1
L–Y
Y–L
5 A
TS
3
LG
Y–G
17 A
IG1
G–Y
BR–W
2 A
A12
234
Y–L
2
6
S5
1
L–Y
I12
V–W
A15
A/C EVAPORATOR
TEMP. SENSOR
LG
G–Y
V–W
V–W
IG1
I13
LG–R
BR–W
V–W
I13
V–W
4
P–B
V–W
V–W
BR–W
I13
E11
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMP. SENSOR
(WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
(FOR A/C SYSTEM)
V–W
Y–L
Y–G
7
2
W
4
W
3
2
Y–L
5
V–W
G–Y
V–W
P–B
V–W
FACE
BR–W
A17
A/C SOLAR SENSOR
IB6
DEF
V–W
2
11
A26
AIR VENT MODE
CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
1
P–B
2
1
V–W
A16
A/C ROOM
TEMP. SENSOR
V–W
TPO
TE
AOD
TW
AOF
* 1 : 2JZ–GTE
* 2 : 2JZ–GE
10A
GAUGE
B
5
2
4
B
B
V–W
1
ODO AND
TRIP
6
5
L–R
T6
TELLTALE LIGHT RH
Y
R–Y
V
V–W
G–W
11 B
8
1
4
II1
23
II1
2
1
3
I14
2
II1
L–R
L–R
L–Y
3 A
1 A
7 B
20 C
18 B
11 A
14 A
AMC
+B
A12
ACC
RDEFGR
SPEED
PSW
4 A (*1)
1 B (*2)
C , A13 A , A14 B
A/C AMPLIFIER
EA
BR
AMH
1 A (*1)
2 B (*2)
W–B
TP
A , B
18 A
A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
L–Y
L–Y
IF3
P
6
B
IF1
L–R
8
W–R
R–Y
2 IG1
R–Y
V
9 IG1
V
8 IG1
G–W
G–W
12 IB6
A3
BR–W
11 A
R
1
10
A
V10
2
3
P
5
4
Y
9 A
L–R
COOL
3
C10 A , C12
4
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER RELAY
W–L
WARM
SPEEDOMETER
[COMB. METER]
M
4
I14
Y
Y
Y
I14
Y
12 1H
R
2 1E
Y
Y
13 1E
L–R
A25
AIR MIX CONTROL
SERVO MOTOR
W–R
12
1E
BR
15A
CIG
Y
10A
ECU–B
IF
235
SERVICE HINTS
A 4 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH
4 – GROUND: APPROX. 3.7 A 3(A) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW [A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW] (2JZ–GTE)
(A) 1–(A) 4 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 225 KPA (33 PSI, 2.3 KG/CM2) OR 3140 KPA (458 PSI, 32 KG/CM2)
A 3(B) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW (2JZ–GE)
(B) 1–(B) 2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 225 KPA (33 PSI, 2.3 KG/CM2) OR 3140 KPA (458 PSI, 32 KG/CM2)
A12(C), A13(A), A14(B) A/C AMPLIFIER
+B – GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS
IG – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
HR – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DO NOT TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR
BELOW 1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR
ACC – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
TW – GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE AND MAX. COLD POSITION OF A/C TEMP. CONTROL SW
BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE AND MAX. WARM POSITION OF A/C TEMP. CONTROL SW
MGC – GROUND: BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, PUSH THE A/C AUTO SW AND A/C SW ON POSITION
10–14 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, PUSH THE A/C AUTO SW AND A/C SW OFF POSITION
BLW – GROUND: 1.0–3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR
S5 – GROUND: 4–6 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
SG – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
AMH – AMC
13–19 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW OFF
AOF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FACE SW ON
AOD – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DEF SW ON
GND – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A17
28
H12
26 (2JZ–GE)
A24
28
H13
24
A25
28
I4
27
A
24 (2JZ–GTE)
A26
28
J1
29
B
26 (2JZ–GE)
B3
28
R1
25
A1
A2
A3
CODE
24 (2JZ–GTE)
A4
A
29
B
29
24 (2JZ–GTE)
B4
A
28
R2
25
26 (2JZ–GE)
B5
B
28
R3
25
T6
29
A12
C
28
C10
A
28
A13
A
28
C12
B
28
A14
B
28
E5
24
A15
28
E10
29
A16
28
E11
29
V10
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
22
4
23
CODE
SEE PAGE
1A
20
1E
20
20
1H
1K
CODE
EA1
IB2
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
NO. 2)
36
36
IF1
36
IF3
36
IG1
38
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEATER CONTROL SW)
II1
38
IK1
38
IB4
IB6
236
25 (2JZ–GTE)
27 (2JZ–GE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
EB
IF
IG
IH
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
32 (2JZ–GTE)
34 (2JZ–GE)
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
E2
E26
34
ENGINE WIRE
E3
I12
38
I13
38
COWL NO. 3 WIRE
38
E5
32
E9
I14
E11
32
ENGINE WIRE
I15
E20
34
I19
237
238
GROUND POINT
E 2 : *3
E18 : * 4
W–B
FRONT FOG LIGHT AND
PARKING LIGHT LH
W–B
W–B
W–B
E2
E 2 : *3
E18 : *4
W–B
W–B
FRONT SIDE MARKER
LIGHT RH
E 2 : *3
E18 : * 4
W–B
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
W–B
W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
EFI MAIN RELAY
2
HEATER RELAY
2
W–B
E 7 : *3
E20 : * 4
(* 3)
W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
E 2 : *3
E18 : *4
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
E20
(* 4)
W–B
FRONT WIPER MOTOR
E 2 : *3
E18 : * 4
W–B
2
W–B
EFI NO. 2 RELAY
W–B
E 5 : *3
E19 : * 4
(*4)
(* 3)
W–B
W–B
A/C CONDENSER FAN
MOTOR
(* 3)
(* 3)
(L)
(* 3)
E2
TRACTION PUMP AND
MOTOR
W–B
5
(* 3)
E8
E5
W–B
(* 3)
W–B
W–B
W–B
(* 3)
E3
W–B
(* 3)
5
W–B
W–B
(* 3)
E8
W–B
W–B
W–B
E8
EB
24
II1
BR
8
IC1
I11
BR
18
ABS SOLENOID
RELAY
(E)
RADIATOR FAN
RELAY NO. 2
(–S)
TRACTION SOLENOID
RELAY
ABS ACTUATOR
BR
HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (SUB)
(TDCL)
BR
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
BR
HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (MAIN)
IJ1
BR
BR
E16
BR
I17
BR
BR
(* 3)
EC
BR
I17
BR
BR
BR
ED
240
A/C DUAL PRESSURE
SW
BR
E11 : * 3
E24 : * 4
IGNITER
ABS RELAY
BR
BR
NOISE FILTER
HEADLIGHT LO LH
EA
BR
ENGINE OIL
LEVEL SENSOR
BR
HEADLIGHT LO RH
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP.
SW (WATER TEMP. SW)
(* 3)
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
(* 3)
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SW
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
(–S)
W–B
E2
W–B
W–B
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
COMBINATION METER
DAYTIME
RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
NO. 3
W–B
FRONT FOG LIGHT AND
PARKING LIGHT RH
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
NO. 3
(–S)
(* 1)
W–B
FRONT SIDE MARKER
LIGHT LH
(* 3)
(E1)
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(E01) (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
(E02) TRANSMISSION)
* 1 : CANADA
* 2 : USA
SUB HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR
(FOR CALIFORNIA)
8
BR
BR
BR
I11
18
BR
IJ1
BR
HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR
(FOR CALIFORNIA
ON FRONT SIDE)
BR
HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR
(FOR CALIFORNIA
ON REAR SIDE)
E27
BR
BR
(TDCL)
BR
I17
BR
IC1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
VOLUME AIR FLOW
(AIR FLOW METER)
BR
BR
E28
BR
E28
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
POWER STEERING
PRESSURE SW
(E1)
I17
E27
(E01)
BR
ED
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW LH
W–B
ROOM LIGHT SW
[DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW LH]
W–B
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW LH
W–B
W–B
10
13
1D
1H
(* 4)
W–B
W–B
I4
CRUISE CONTROL
ECU
W–B
W–B
I9
W–B
(A/T)
W–B
B1
W–B
12
W–B
KICK DOWN SW
CRUISE CONTROLH SW
[COMB. SW]
W–B
1K
I2
UNLOCK WARNING SW
W–B
W–B
B1
W–B
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
W–B
WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
I2
POWER WINDOW MASTER
SW
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION)
W–B
B1
(E02)
B1
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR AND MIRROR
HEATER LH
* 3 : 2JZ–GTE
* 4 : 2JZ–GE
W–B
6
W–B
1F
PERSONAL LIGHT
W–B
(E1)
CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
18
1E
W–B
W–B
I3
4
W–B
(E2)
3
1G
RHEOSTAT
W–B
IG
I3
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR SW
W–B
POWER MAIN RELAY
TELLTALE LIGHT LH
W–B
DIMMER SW
[COMB. SW]
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
13
IB5
5
6
1K
1K
W–B
I1
W–B
LIGHT CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 3
W–B
1J
4
TURN SIGNAL
FLASHER
W–B
1
INTEGRATION RELAY
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
IE
241
GROUND POINT
11
BR
STEREO POWER
AMPLIFIER
BR
A
W–B
A
W–B
IF3
(EP)
COMBINATION
METER
(E2)
BR
I8
A
W–B
BR
(* 5)
BR
W–B
I3
(GND)
A/C
AMPLIFIER
(VER1)
BR
TELLTALE LIGHT RH
W–B
I15
BR
COMBINATION METER
3
BR
FUEL SENDER
3
BR
BP1
BR
A
HEATER CONTROL SW
BR
RADIO AND PLAYER
A
BLOWER MOTOR
CONTROL RELAY
SEAT HEATER RELAY
(FOR PASSENGER’ S
SEAT)
W–B
SEAT HEATER (FOR
PASSENGER’ S SEAT)
W–B
W–B
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
(* 6)
W–B
W–B
IE1
IF
A
W–B
1
W–B
CLOCK
W–B
IK1
A
W–B
GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW
W–B
I24
(* 1)
W–B
I24
(* 1)
W–B
I23
W–B A
A
W–B
AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL RELAY
I14
(* 1)
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
(* 1)
(* 1)
W–B
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
W–B
BUCKLE SW RH
W–B
(* 1)
I23
W–B
PPS ECU
I21
W–B
W–B
W–B
(* 2)
DOOR COURTESY SW RH
W–B
W–B
I21
16
IL1
W–B
(* 1)
14
IF1
W–B
(* 1)
I4
W–B
I18
W–B
(* 3)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
(A/T)
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR AND MIRROR
HEATER RH
I11 : * 3
I 4 : *4
(* 1)
W–B
I18
(* 1)
SEAT HEATER SW
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
W–B
(A/T)
I10
W–B
I18
(GND)
ABS ECU
(* 4)
W–B
I11
(A/T)
I11 : * 3
I18 : * 4
242
W–B
W–B
I18
I9
W–B
W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW RH
I9
W–B
O/D MAIN SW
W–B
IH
I11
(* 3)
TRACTION ECU
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION
PATTERN SELECT SW
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW RH
B2
W–B
TRAC OFF SW
SHIFT LOCK ECU
W–B
B2
W–B
R–L
IG
W–B
I20
(* 2)
ABS LATERAL
ACCELERATION
SENSOR
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SW RH
(* 1)
W–B
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
LIGHT [COMB. METER]
W–B
B2
(GND)
(* 3)
W–B
(GND)
ABS AND
TRACTION
ECU (* 3)
W–B
SEAT HETER
(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)
W–B
POWER SEAT CONTROL
SW(FOR DRIVER’ SEAT)
W–B
HIGH MOUNTED STOP
LIGHT
W–B
W–B
B9
W–B
(* 1)
:
:
:
:
:
:
CANADA
USA
2JZ–GTE
2JZ–GE
W/ STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
W/O STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
B9
(* 1)
3
BO1
W–B
B5
W–B
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
KEY UNLOCK SW
W–B
REAR SIDE MARKER
LIGHT LH
W–B
LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR
B6
W–B
W–B
B3
W–B
B5
W–B
W–B
LICENSE PLATE
LIGHT
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT RH
W–B
W–B
B3
DOOR COURTESY SW LH
W–B
B7
W–B
W–B
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT LH
REAR SIDE MARKER
LIGHT RH
B3
W–B
W–B
2 BM1
W–B
B7
W–B
W–B
2 BQ1
W–B
SEAT HEATER RELAY
(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
*6
B3
W–B
W–B
B6
FUEL PUMP ECU
W–B
I7
BUCKLE SW LH
BI
W–B
W–B
W–B
2
BP1
W–B
W–B
FUEL PUMP
BJ
243
GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
J1
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
22
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT
4
23
5
23
R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
CODE
SEE PAGE
1D
20
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1E
20
1F
20
ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
1G
1H
1J
1K
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB5
36
IC1
36
IE1
36
IF1
36
IF3
36
II1
38
IJ1
38
IK1
38
IL1
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
BM1
40
BO1
40
BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE
BP1
40
BQ1
42
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EA
34 (2JZ–GE)
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EB
34 (2JZ–GE)
32 (2JZ–GTE)
EC
34 (2JZ–GE)
32 (2JZ–GTE)
ED
34 (2JZ–GE)
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BI
40
LEFT QUARTER PILLAR
BJ
40
IF
IG
IH
244
SEE PAGE
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
I9
E2
E3
I10
38
COWL WIRE
38
I16
38
CONSOLE BOX WIRE
I17
38
ENGINE WIRE
I18
38
COWL WIRE
I20
38
COWL WIRE
E20
I21
38
E24
I23
38
COWL WIRE
E5
32
I11
E7
I14
E8
I15
E11
E16
32
ENGINE WIRE
E18
E19
E27
34
34
ENGINE WIRE
I24
E28
B1
40
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I1
B2
40
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
40
FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE
42
SEAT WIRE
38
COWL WIRE
I3
38
B5
I4
38
COWL WIRE
B6
I7
38
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
B7
I8
38
B9
I2
B3
245
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
246
System Title
Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
B = Black L = Blue
R = Red
BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet
G = Green O = Orange
W = White
GR = Gray
P = Pink
Y = Yellow
Junction Block (The number in the circle is the
J/B No. and connector code is shown beside
it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly
separate them from other parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for further
clarification.).
Example:
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and
the second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Indicates the connector to be connected to a
part (the numeral indicates the pin No.)
The position of the parts is the same as shown
in the wiring diagram and wire routing.
Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female
and male connectors.
Indicates related system.
Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male
terminal is shown with arrows
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
is used to indicate different wiring and
connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine
type, or specification is different.
Indicates a shielded cable.
The numbering system for the overall wiring diagram is the same as above.
Indicates a Relay Block. No Shading is used and
only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish
it from the J/B.
Indicates and located on ground point.
The same code occuring on the next page
indicates that the wire harness is continuous.
247
ABS (Anti–Lock Brake
System)
18–3
ABS and Traction Control
19–3
Auto Antenna
Back–Up Light
Headlight
6–3 (for Canada)
5–3 (for USA)
Remote Control Mirror
11–4
Horn
9–4
Seat Heater (for Canada)
21–4
Ignition
2–4 (for 2JZ–GE)
2–2 (for 2JZ–GTE)
Shift Lock
21–2
SRS (Supplemental
Restraint System)
13–3
Starting
1–2
Stop Light
7–4
Taillight
7–2
Theft Deterrent and
Door Lock Control
14–3
Turn Signal and Hazard
Warning Light
9–2
Unlock and Seat Belt
Warning
10–2
24–4
Illumination
Charging
1–4
Interior Light
Cigarette Lighter
21–1
Light Auto Turn Off
20–3
Power Seat
12–4
25–3
Power Source
1~26–1
Clock
Combination Meter
Cruise Control
Electric Tension Reducer
Transmission and A/T
Indicator
Engine Control
8–3
10–3
11–2
17–3
Power Window
12–2
20–4
PPS (Progressive
Power Steering)
20–3
Radiator Fan and
Automatic Air
Conditioning
26–3
Radio and Player
23–3 (w/ Stereo
Power Amplifier)
24–2 (w/o Stereo
Power Amplifier)
Remote Window Defogger
and Mirror Heater
20–2
22–2
Fog Light
5–4
22–4
248
SYSTEM INDEX
1 SUPRA ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
Power Source
Starting
1
*1 : 2JZ–GTE
*2 : 2JZ–GE
*3 : Canada
Charging
4
3
2
ACC
W
B–Y
2 AM2
B–O
B–Y
ST1 8 B–W
4 1J
W
IG1 4
W
7 AM1
W
B–W
6 1J
IG2 3 B–O
3 1J
5 1J
4 1B
W
W
W
W
I19
IGNITION SW
7. 5A
IGN
7. 5A
ST
10A
GAUGE
2
W–R
2
4 1K
B
A ,S3
STARTER
B
W
To Theft Deterrent
ECU<14–4>
1 B
S2
B
B
1
A
B
4 EA2 (*1)
2 EA3 (*2)
1 B
L A
IG A
L–O
B
1 2A
23 II1
Y
1
From Combination
Meter<25–5>
1
8 IB3 (*1)
6 IB2 (*2)
II1
Y–G
1
B
1 EA2 (*1)
1 EA3 (*2)
50A
MAIN
34
Y–G
Y–G
30A
AM2
Y–G
(*3)
W
120A
ALT
L–O
1
2
2
B
7. 5A
ALT–S
2
To Combination
Meter<25–6>
B
(A/T)
B
(M/T)
2
9
IJ2
2
2
2
B–W
(A/T)
B
(A/T)
5
2 IJ1
B–W
(M/T)
12
To Daytime Running
Light Relay(Main)
<6–1>
W
STARTER
RELAY
5
Y–G
B–W
(M/T)
1
N
B
(A/T)
W–R
3
2
P
2
B–W
(M/T)
B
B
W
2
2
P2
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL
START SW)
(A/T)
12 1E
Y
4 IB1
2
3
6
C9
CLUTCH
START SW
(M/T)
3 EA1
W
B–W
(A/T)
1
B
2
13
IJ2
T6
CHARGE WARNING LIGHT
[TELLTALE LIGHT RH]
B
(M/T)
1
8 1E
B
(A/T)
B–O
B
50A AM1
(for USA)
60A AM1
(for Canada)
S A
G1
To Engine Control Module
<3–5><4–8><15–2><16–2>
1
2
3
B ,G2
A
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
GENERATOR(ALTERNATOR)
STARTER
BATTERY[
S2 A
S 3 B BLACK
1
G1 B
G 2 A BLACK
1
1
1
2
3
Ignition (for 2JZ–GTE)
Power Source
1
Ignition (for 2JZ–GE)
3
2
2 AM2
IG2 3
B–O
I19
IGNITION SW
9
IJ1
B–O (2JZ–GE)
B–O
1
IJ1
4
B–O
B–O (2JZ–GE)
B–O
B–O
B–O
1
4 B
IGC2
10 B
IGC3
11 B
IGC4
12 B
IGC5
3 C
IGC6
4 C
+B
I 3 B BLACK
I2
A ,I3
B
EXT
1 A
IGT4
9 B
IGT5
8 B
IGT6
7 B
IGF
3 A
C
GND
IGT
4 A
N1
NOISE
FILTER
C–
IGNITER
2
IGF
1 C
R–Y
R–W
BR
R–Y
L–O
P–B
GR–G
D4
DISTRIBUTOR
G
BR
B
BATTERY
G–
4
W
2
G2
3
<4–7>
1
1 2A
G1
2
R
N1
NOISE
FILTER
NE
1
B
1
<4–7>
<3–5>
B–O
1 2 3 4 5
30A
AM2
3 B
GR–B
2
2 B
IGT3
2 C
To Data Link Connector 1
(Check Connector)<3–3>
I 4 C BLACK
2
1 B
IGT2
B–O
3 4 5 6
9 10 11 12
R–W
2
8
B
W–R
1
7
IGT1
1
5 C
IGNITER
I4
TACH
B–O
B–O
5 B
IGC1
1
B–R
B–W
B–O
6 B
+B
2
Y–R
Y–G
Y–B
Y
L–Y
G
2 A
4 IB1
B–W
B–W
2
I5
IGNITION
COIL
B–W
2
B–O
1
I11
IGNITION COIL NO. 6
2
I10
IGNITION COIL NO. 5
1
B–O
B–O
2
I9
IGNITION COIL NO. 4
1
B–O
B–O
2
I8
IGNITION COIL NO. 3
1
B–O
B–O
B–O
2
I7
IGNITION COIL NO. 2
I6
IGNITION COIL NO. 1
1
I 2 A BLACK
1 2
3 4
B–O
B–O
W–R
IGNITER
B–O
To A/C Amplifier
<26–5>
B–O
To Tachometer
[Comb. Meter]
<25–6>
To
Data Link
Connector 1
(Check Connector)
<4–2>
B–O
B–O
(2JZ–GTE)
B–O
BR
BR
EC
Front side of
intake manifold
Front side of
intake manifold
EC
2 SUPRA
MEMO
Engine Control (for 2JZ–GTE)
Power Source
1
2
IG1 4
ST1 8
B–R
GR
B–O
B–O
B
T5
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
LAMP(CHECK ENGINE
WARNING LIGHT)
2
W
L–B
LG
B–R
BR
BR
L–B
3
(SHIELDED)
From Center
Airbag Sensor
Assembly
<13–3>
From ABS
Solenoid
Relay
<19–2>
E10 A DARK GRAY
15 II1
8
13
TE1
(Short Pin)
15
4
TS
16
WA
E1
IG–
3
18
IJ1
BR
BR
BR
OX2
12
VF1 +B OX1
19
22
B
R–L
E 9 B DARK GRAY
ED
BR
BR
Rear side of
intake manifold
L–B
From Igniter
<2–2>
From ABS and
L
Traction
ECU<19–4>
From ABS and
Y
Traction ECU
<19–7>
(SHIELDED)
1
4 1K
Y
8 L–B
Y–L
12
13 IJ2
7. 5A ST
L–B
B–O
7
IF1
6 1J
8 1E
12 1E
AB
P–B
1
6
2
G
1
1
LG
13 II1
3 BR
R–B
Left quarter pillar
2
2
13
IJ1
3 1J
R–G
1
I14
INJECTOR NO. 3
R–Y
2
I15
INJECTOR NO. 4
R
BR
1
I13
INJECTOR NO. 2
R–L
BI
2
2
#60
B–R
#50
7
W
#40
8
I17
INJECTOR NO. 6
B–Y
R
#30
4
L
I12
INJECTOR NO. 1
B
BATTERY
EB
# 20
3
W–B
W–B
W–B
1 2A
Front side of
left fender
#10
2
V–W
+B
I16
INJECTOR NO. 5
G
R–W
1
30A EFI NO. 1
1
30A EFI NO. 2
30A AM2
120A ALT
1
S1
SFI RESISTOR(EFI RESISTOR)
1
7 LG
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
8 IJ1
(CHECK
CONNECTOR) 5 23
AB
WB
L–R 1
FP
TC
2
EA2
2
P–G
B–R
2
E1
11
B–R
2 P–G
From Center Airbag
Sensor Assembly<13–3>
From ABS and
Traction ECU<19–8>
From Cruise
Control ECU<17–1>
2
7 IC2
W–B
2
Y–L
17
IJ1
B–Y
2
5
IJ1
B–Y
2 BP1
B–Y
W
2
12 IJ1
ECT
5 1J
6
IJ1
1 Y–L
ENG
W
From O/D Main
SW<15–5>
B–R
4 IJ1
G
B–Y
B–Y
B–O
W–R
5
V–G
M
4 EA1
V–W
F14
FUEL PUMP
W–B
4
2
L–R
G
L
12 IC2
A/D
FP
G
2
11 IC2
V–W
6 BP1
5
6
V–W
2
W–B
2
1
L–R
2
2
2
5
W–B
2
8
B–R
2
2
3
B–O
2
1
F15
FUEL PUMP ECU
FPC
DI
E
B–Y
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
3
+B
2
1
9
From Cruise
Control ECU
<17–2>
L–R
2
EFI MAIN RELAY
EFI NO. 2 RELAY
W
1
5
10
O
1
GR
2
2
2
B–Y
L–O
4 IB1
(A/T)
TE2
L–O
5 IB1
TE1
17 TRC
W
From Traction
ECU<19–4>
TC
5 GR–R
7. 5A IGN
W–R
L–O
4
P–B
TT
ABS
10A GAUGE
10
IC2
B–R
4 1B
W
B–Y
B–W(A/T)
GR
B–O
B–R
GR–R(A/T)
Y–L
P–G
LG
BR
LG
9 IJ1
V–G 14
P–G
B–R
From ABS and Traction
ECU<19–7>
From Cruise Control
ECU<17–2>
From Center Airbag
Sensor Assmbly<13–3>
Y–L
W
8 EA1
D5
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
ECU<19–8>
5 EA2
I19
IGNITION SW
4 1J
4
GR–R
(A/T)
IG2 3
B–Y
2 AM2
3
B–Y
B–W
7 AM1
B–Y
ACC
(SHIELDED)
BR
R–L
L–B
G
V–W
B–R
R–B
R
R–W
R–G
R–Y
R–L
(SHIELDED)
(Cont. next page)
3 SUPRA
3 SUPRA (Cont’ d)
*1 : Engine and Electrolnically
Controlled Transmission ECU
Engine Control (for 2JZ–GTE)
5
7
6
8
BR–B
(A/T)
B–R
23
65
B
4
B
45
A
26
B
6
B
B
25
5
EFI–
B
27
7
A
27
TRC–
TRC+
NEO E1 EO1 EO2
A
26
A
14
A
38
B
69
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
L
B–W 1
(SHIELDED)
W
K2
KNOCK SENSOR
(on Rear Side)
2 BR
C3
CRANKSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR
2
C2
CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR NO. 2
L
O
BR
O
BR
BR
C1
CAMSHAFT POSITION
SENSOR NO. 1
2
W 1
O
Rear side of
intake
manifold
ED
BR
A
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
A
A
BR
BR
B–R 1
A
B
79
(SHIELDED)
A
B
80
P–L
O
From A/C
Magnetic
Clutch
Relay
<26–2>
(SHIELDED)
R–L
BR
A
K1
KNOCK SENSOR
(on Front Side)
A
13
W–R
W
B
BR
L
B–R
O
B–W
W
W
W
From ABS and
Traction ECU
<19–8>
R–Y
R–G
R
R–W
A
A
B
E21
From Traction
ECU<19–6>
A
A
28
B
THA VG
EFI+
B
66
B
PM1
VTA1
E2 STP
TACO
VCC
IDL1
B
1
E2
5
BR
64
B
G1 G1– G2 G2– NE
A
49
2
4
Y–R
50
VG
3
P–L
43
B
G–W
ACMG
B
THA E2
From
Stop Light
SW<7–4>
NE–
B
1
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
To Cruise Control
ECU<17–3>
To Traction ECU
<19–6>
To Traction ECU
<19–6>
IDL2
KNK1 KNK2
A
11
ELS
41
B
BR–B
20
VTA2
62
A
R
19
B
R
18
B
A
Y
17
B
16
B
L–R
16
B
L–R
B
42
B–Y
15
V
V
B–R
B–R
2
74
B
R–B
2
1
B
P
20 IJ1
75
From A/C Amplifier<26–5>
8
IC1
34
B
L–R
E1
BR
B–R
From Cruise Control ECU<17–3>
OX
4
1
V2
VSV(for EGR)
3
B–R
A
BR–B
(A/T)
2
V3
VSV(for EVAP)
B–R
BR–W
R–L
(SHIELDED)
H11
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(SUB)
4
1
2 B–R
HT +B
IC1
BR
BR
R–L
L–B
G
V–W
B–R
R–B
R
R–W
R–G
R–Y
R–L
3
I1
IDLE AIR CONTROL
VALVE(ISC VALVE)
B–R
B–R
5
B–R
12 IC1
1
12
R–G
BR–W
R–L
(SHIELDED)
9 IC1
G–W
V–Y
6
32
From Igniter
<2–2>
B–R
10 IC1
34
G–O
B–R
R–Y
L–O
P–B
GR–G
B–O
GR–B
R–W
G
V–W
L–B
BR–W
R–L
4 IJ2
5 IJ2
A
3
BR–B
R–Y
33
B
B
2
B
R
W–G
35
B
1
L–R
B–W
B
OD1
2
M1
MASS AIR
FLOW(AIR
FLOW METER)
1
GR–R
B
THW OIL THG
B , E10 A
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(*1)
EVAP
EGR
#60 #50 #40 #30 #20 #10
ABS
A/C
ISC4
63
B
T2
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
4
T14
TURBO PRESSURE
SENSOR
A
31
ISC2
46
B
L–R
58
IGSW
NSW
SP1
PMC
M–REL
BATT
E9
ISC3
24
B
3
To Combination
Meter<25–6>
To A/C
Amplifier<26–5>
From
Diode(for
Idle–Up)
<20–2>
15
Y–L
52
B
A
Y–R
53
B
2
A
4
L–R
GR–R
B
ISC1
+B
33
B
3
GR–R
IGF
IGT6
B
54
FPU
76
A
BR–Y
55
VSV3
24
A
O(A/T)
56
B
VSV2
1
B
L–Y
57
B
B
From
Telltale
Light RH
<25–1> 44
P
B
60
B
4
14 IJ2
BR–B
22
BR–B
21
A
IGT5
IGT4
73
B
2
E3
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMP. SENSOR
(EFI WATER
TEMP. SENSOR)
B–Y
6
A
IGT3
IGT2
38
B–W(A/T)
DI FPC
A
39
B
GR
B
40
A
VF1 TE2 TE1 TT VSV1
IGT1
HT2 W
17
A
2
B–O
20
A
L–W
STA
19
B
1
W–L
HT1
72
2
G–Y
OX1
(SHIELDED) 47
G–B
29
B
B
GR–R(A/T)
77
B
OX2
Y–L
LG
P–G
71
B
B–R
1
B
48
B–L
W
(SHIELDED)
V8
VSV(for Waste
Gate Valve)
1
VC PIM
2
1
1
1
(A/T)
2
S5
SUB THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
E2
A5
A/T FLUID
TEMP. SENSOR
2
BR–B 1
B–R
3
1
V6
VSV
(for Fuel Pressure Up)
G–R
HT
2
E1
2
BR–B 1
B–R
V4
VSV(for Exhaust
Bypass Valve)
B–R
OX
2
V5
VSV(for Exhaust Gas
Control Valve)
+B
From Park/Neutral
Position SW
(Neutral Start SW)
(A/T)<1–3>
From Clutch Start
SW(M/T)<1–3>
E
1
V7
VSV(for Intake
Air Control Valve)
2
B–R
H5
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(MAIN)
W
4
B–R
B–R
1
B–R
(A/T)
B–R
BR–B
B–R
BR–B
BR–B
B–R
BR–B
BR–B
W
B–Y
B–W
GR
B–O
B–R
GR–R
Y–L
P–G
LG
BR
(Cont. next page)
Power
Source
1
Engine Control (for 2JZ–GE)
B–Y
B–W
From Cruise
Control ECU<17–2>
B–O
GR
8 IC1
19
16
15
4
E1
3
3
BR
W
Y
R–L
P–B
L–B
B–W
B–Y
18 IJ1
EB
BR
BI
Front side of
left fender
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
14 IJ2
R–L(*1)
L–B
W
R–L
G
V–W
R–B
R
R–W
R–G
R–Y
R–L
W–B
BATTERY
Left quarter pillar
9 IC1
E10 A DARK GRAY
R–L
(*1)
15
II1
4 IJ2
(SHIELDED)
L–B
BR
BR
L–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
1
From ABS ECU
<18–2>
From Igniter
<2–4>
2
B–O
R
R–W
1
I17 INJECTOR NO. 6
B–O
2
10 IC1
R–L
(*1)
TC IG– TS OX2 OX1
11
2
VF2
R–L
(*1)
5
B–R
From Center Airbag
Sensor Assembly
<13–3>
From Cruise
Control ECU<17–1>
From Center Airbag
Sensor Assembly
<13–3>
From ABS ECU<18–2>
OX
3
(SHIELDED)
23
HT
BR
AB
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
1
T5
14
VF1
WB
+B
BR
Y
LG
13
2
E1
(SHIELDED)
L–B
P–G
LG
BR
L–B
TE1
4
BR
(*1)
7 IF1
LG
P–G
Y–L
Y–L
W–B
G
V–W
D1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
3
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
BR–W
(*1)
P–G
Y–L
8
WA
BR
(*1)
E1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
12 IC1
B–R
(*1)
8
4 IC1
Y
7
W
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
12 1E
L–O
2
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
BR
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TT
L–B
ENG
B–R
(*1)
10A
GAUGE
BR–W
(*1)
GR–R
(A/T)
A/D
LG
TE2
5 IJ1
(Short Pin)
B–O
I16 INJECTOR NO. 5
1
B–O
R–G
1
2
TE1
17 1J1
22
+B
E 9 B DRAK GRAY
5 IJ2
5
To ABS
Relay<18–1>
B–O
I15 INJECTOR NO. 4
2
B–O
R–Y
1
I14 INJECTOR NO. 3
2
B–O
R–L
I13 INJECTOR NO. 2
1
B–O
B
I12 INJECTOR NO. 1
2
10
AB ECT ABS
Y–L
12
FP
W–B
B–O
14
D5
(TDCL)
L
L–R
1
B–R
8 IJ1
O
From Cruise Control
ECU<17–2>
From Center Airbag
Sensor Assembly<13–3>
From ABS
ECU<18–3>
2 BP1
1 2A
B–O
TC
9
13 IJ1
L–R
9 IJ1
1
F14
FUEL PUMP
W–B
5
12
7 IC2
M
12 IJ1
L–R
5
L
G
4 IJ1
B–O
30A EFI NO. 1
30A AM2
1
L–R
4
2
120A ALT
1
1
12 IC2
V–W
2
FP
6 BP1
11 IC2
W–B
B–Y
W
2
+B
2
2
2
2
G
2
3
V–W
2
2
FPC
F15
FUEL PUMP ECU
DI E
W–B
EFI MAIN RELAY
50A AM1
3
4
2
1
4
B–O
GR
B–R
B–Y
W–R
5
10
IC2
B–R
B–R
W
2
2
1
5
IB1
B–R
2
2
B–R
8 EA1
V–G
4 EA1
V–G
B–R
4 IB1
20 IJ1
6 IJ1
B–Y
B–Y
B–O
4 1B
5 1J
From Center Airbag
Sensor Assembly
<13–3>
P–B
3 1J
B–R
B–O
BR–W(*1)
B–W
GR
B–Y
GR–R(A/T)
LG
P–G
Y–L
L–O
BR–W
(*1)
From O/D Main SW
<16–5>
B–R
(*1)
B–Y
W–R
I19
IGNITION SW
GR–R
(A/T)
7. 5A IGN
B–R
W
IG2 3
3 EA3
4 1J
*1 : California
4
B–R
B–R
IG1 4
ST1 8
8 1E
2 AM2
B–R
B–O
ACC
7 AM1
3
2
Rear side of
intake manifold
ED
(SHIELDED)
(*1)
4 SU PR A
4 SUPRA (Cont’ d)
BR–B
(A/T)
To Cruise Control
ECU<17–3>
L–R
BR
LG–B
P–L
BR–B
R
Y
L–R
O
(A/T)
BR–Y
L–Y
G–W
R–Y
P
R–Y
R–W
From Park/Neutral Position SW
(Neutral Start SW)(A/T)<1–3>,
From Clutch Start SW(M/T)<1–3>
From A/C Magnetic
Clutch Relay<26–2>
B
W–G
From A/C Amplifier
<26–5>
G
B
BR
BR
BR
W
R
W
W
W
(*2)
K2
KNOCK SENSOR
(on Rear Side)
K1
KNOCK SENSOR
(on Front Side)
O4
OXYGEN SENSOR
(Except California,
on Rear Side)
W
O3
OXYGEN SENSOR
(Except California,
on Front Side)
B–R
(*1)
B–Y(*1)
R–L(*1)
R–L
(*2)
R–L
From Cruise Control ECU
<17–3>
L–R
BR–B
(A/T)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
R–L
W
B–L(*1)
B–R
(*1)
R–L
R–Y
R–G
W
(*1)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR(*1)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR
(*1)
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
Rear side of
intake manifold
ED
R
Y
L–R
A5
A/T FLUID
TEMP. SENSOR
E1
E3
From Stop Light SW
<7–4>
From Diode
(for Idle–Up)<20–3>
From Telltale
Light RH<25–1>
From Igniter
<2–4>
W–L
(*1)
P
V
G–Y
I1
(ISC VALVE)
V–Y
G–O
R–G
G–W
B–R
BR–W
(*1)
B–O
B–W
(A/T)
BR
R–L
(*1)
A
A
A
A
BR–B
BR–B
V6
VSV(for Fuel
Pressure Up)
V2
VSV(for EGR)
V3
VSV(for EVAP)
V1
VSV(for ACIS)
B–R
B–R
B
(A/T)
R
R–W
R–B
G
V–W
L–B
R–L
(*1)
R–L
BR–B
B–R
(*1)
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–O
B–W
GR
B–Y
GR–R(A/T)
LG
Y–L
P–G
L–O
B–R(*1)
BR
BR
(*1)
BR
(*1)
A
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A
A
HT OX
A
A
(SHIELDED)
(*1)
W
L–B
W
R–L
G
V–W
R–B
R
R–W
R–G
R–Y
R–L
+B
OX
M3
MAIN HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (for California,
on Rear Side)
M2
MAIN HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (for California,
on Front Side)
1
+B HT
E
4
4
E
1
1
1
1
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
77
23
34
12
79
80
69
B
B
7
A
B
27
ACMG
A
B
66
45
65
STA
A/C
B
From Distributor
<2–4>
3
2
3
1
2
B–R
(*1)
B–R
VCC
A
B
KNK2
B
25
26
49
50
47
72
48
73
20
19
18
17
16
15
22
21
6
30
OIL
OD1
B
KNK1
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
THG
B
E1 E01 E02
B
B
OX2
A
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(Engine and Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU)
A
B , E10
E9
ISC3
THW
FPU
B
HT2
A
VTA1
ISC4
KS
STP
EGR
ISC2
B
OX1
THA
ELS
EVAP
+B
G1 G2 NE G–
HT1
#10
#20
E2
SP1
ACIS
IGSW
ISC1
HT3
M–REL
NSW
BATT
TT
#30
B
IDL1
B
IGT IGF
B
VF1
#40
B
B
TE2
#50
DI FPC #60
OX3 W
B
B
64
43
41
B
A
TE1
1
2
B
A
VF2
2
1
24
46
44
4
15
2
58
A
B
B
B
B
57
36
75
74
39
33
B
B
2
L–O
4 1K
B
B
A
35
32
34
31
36
5
2
6
4
3
1
13 IJ2
B
A
R
5
3
4
2
2
2
1
13 II1
7. 5A
ST
B
A
B
A
1
76
24
33
17
29
A
A
B
A
A
B
19
20
28
1
3
4
2
1
1
1
2
2
BR–B
BR–B
BR–B
V12
VOLUME AIR
FLOW(AIR
1 FLOW METER)
T2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
1 BR–B
6 1J
8
7
B–R
6
B–R
B–R
B–R
5
B–R
B–O
BR–W(*1)
B–W
GR
B–Y
GR–R(A/T)
LG
P–G
Y–L
*1 : California
*2 : Except California
Engine Control (for 2JZ–GE)
5 SUP RA
Headlight (for USA)
Power Source
1
Fog Light
4
3
2
G–R
R
R
(USA)
R
2
2
13
IB2
R–Y
2
2
2
2
2
R–B
R–B
(USA)
R–B
(Canada)
R–Y
R
R
G–R
R–W
To Integration
Relay<11–1>
G–R
R–Y
R–W
R–W
R–Y
R–Y
15A
HEAD
(LH–LWR)
(for Canada)
15A
HEAD(LH)
(for USA)
2
To Theft Deterrent
ECU<14–4>
1
15A
HEAD(RH)
(for USA)
R–Y
2
1
1
R–Y
R
(Canada)
R–G
2 IB1
2
5
2
2
G–O
O
R–L
R
R
W–B
R–L
R–L
O
R–L
W–B
B
2
1
1 1J
O
(USA)
BATTERY
15
IB2
O
O
(Canada)
W–B
1
W–B
W–B
W–B
To Combination
SW<6–3>
2
F3
FOG LIGHT LH
[PARKING LIGHT LH]
G–O
7 IB1
F4
FOG LIGHT RH
[PARKING LIGHT RH]
G–O
14 IF1
1 2A
5 1K
2
R–L
12
1
R–L
6
W–B
1
9
1
2
W–B
3
11
W–B
ON
R–L
OFF
1
2
H1
HEADLIGHT HI LH
2
FLASH
2
H3
HEADLIGHT LO LH
1
LOW
HIGH
H4
HEADLIGHT LO RH
2
6 IF1
13
2
3
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
TAIL
HEAD
1
R–B
E
R–B
HI
C12
HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
FOG
LIGHT
SW
50A MAIN
15A FOG
1
B
OFF
R–W
2
From Integration
Relay<11–2>
2
4
DIMMER
SW
2
ED HF LO
R–W
3
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
1
2
T
7
H2
HEADLIGHT HI RH
2
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
2
EL
3
R–W
H
14
R–W
C13
COMBINATION SW
W–B
W–B
IE
Left kick panel
EA
Front side of
right fender
Front side of
left fender
EB
6 SUPRA
Headlight (for Canada)
Power Source
2
1
3
4
R
R
R
R
4
1 2B
1
2
15A HEAD(LH–LWR)
1
2
15A HEAD(RH–LWR)
R–Y
2
H2
HEADLIGHT HI RH
R–W
R–L
2
2
R–L
R–W
2
R
R–Y
12 1H
2
1
R
2
1
H1
HEADLIGHT HI LH
2
2
15A HEAD(LH–UPR)
2
R–B
2
1
2
13 IB2
1
2
15A HEAD(RH–UPR)
3
R
R–W
DIMMER RELAY
(DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 2)
(for Canada)
10A GAUGE
W
R
4 1J
2
4
2
1
2
R–Y
2
I19
IGNITION SW
1
2
7. 5A DRL
2
5 1J
9 1H
2
3
B–Y
ST1
R–W
R
IG1 4
R–W
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
W
W
7 AM1
2
R–W
ACC
1
2
2
2
R–L
R–L
5 1B
W–B
R–W
H
EL
7
LO ED
B
2 IB1
W–B
E
R–W
OFF
HEAD
6 IF1
13 IB5
FLASH
11
From Integration
Relay<11–2>
2
4
IG
6
From
Fog Light
Relay<5–2>
O
W–B
R
6
1
3
W–B
5
3
W–B
BATTERY
4
2
9
W–B
5
1K
1
1J
W–B
13
R–L
3
ON
W–B
OFF
C12
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
2
HIGH
R–W
LOW
B
1
1
TAIL
C13
COMBINATION SW
D 3 B GRAY
2
W–B
T
W–B
HF
3
W–B
FOG
LIGHT
SW
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
RELAY NO. 3
D 2 A GRAY
1
W–B
14
W–B
DIMMER SW
1
1 2A
R–W
W–B
W–B
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
To Parking Brake SW
<25–6>
1
120A ALT
7. 5A DOME
50A MAIN
1
To Brake Fluid Level
Warning SW<25–6>
From Generator
(Alternator)<1–4>
2
W–B
W
2
2
5 A
R–G
12
HI
2
2
1 A
W–B
G–W
Y–G
2
4 B
H3
HEADLIGHT LO LH
2 B
HI
7 IF2
1
D2 A , D3 B
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 3
H4
HEADLIGHT LO RH
H
16
2 A
3
A
R–Y
13
W–B
8
BR–W
B–W
18
Y–G
60A AM1
11
R–Y
5
IG
+B
DRL
D6
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY(MAIN)
CHG–
BRK
PKB
E
2
2
3 B
R–B
17
1 B
To Integration
Relay<11–1>
2
15
R–Y
R–Y
R–L
R
Y
W
R
2
R–Y
R–G
1 IB3
R–W
To Theft
Deterrent
ECU<14–4>
4 1B
14 IF1
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
Right kick panel
Left kick panel
IE
EB
Front side of
left fender
Front side of
right fender
EA
Power
Source
Taillight
2
1
B–Y
ACC
7 AM1
Stop Light
4
3
B–Y
5 1J
2 1B
IG1 4
ST1
TAILLIGTHT
RELAY
W
W–L
4 1J
AM2
IG2
1
5
10A
GAUGE
2
I19
IGNITION SW
3
2 1C
12 1E
10 1I
Y
Y
G–W
DIODE
16 1C
11
IJ1
G–W
G–W
V
1 1H
ECU)
<3–8><4–7><15–2><16–2>
G–W
To Cruise Control ECU
<17–4>
G–W
To Shift Lock ECU
<21–3>
V
G–W
Y
G–W
6 BO1
2 BM1
W–B
BJ
W–B
W–B
BI
Lower back
panel center
BI
Left quarter
pillar
3 BO1
W–B
W–B
W–B
Left quarter
pillar
W–B
Front side of
right fender
W–B
W–B
EA
W–B
W–B
W–B
5
2
BJ
Lower back
panel center
H14
HIGH MOUNTED
STOP LIGHT
3
G–W
1
R10
STOP LIGHT RH
5
R9
STOP LIGHT LH
3
R–W
5
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
EB
STP–
W–B
W–B
W–B
Front side
of intake
manifold
1 BM1
R–W
1
W–B
IE
L2
2
W–B
5
R10
TAILLIGHT RH
1
1
LG
R12
REAR SIDE MARKER
LIGHT RH
2
BATTERY
Left kick
panel
G–W
E
11
R9
TAILLIGHT LH
LG
G
R11
REAR SIDE MARKER
LIGHT LH
B
1 1J
7
STP+
–T
G
W–B
1
W–B
5 1K
4
WRN
G–W
R–W
2
11
B
9
HEAD
C13
LIGHT CONTROL
SW[COMB. SW]
8
+T
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
TAIL
3
LG
OFF
1
G
H
1
2
1
G
E
W–B
120A ALT
T
1
3
L1
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
2
3
G
1
G
2
2
F6
FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH
T
4
2
1 2A
G–W
10 1C
G
W
W
F5
FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH
TRLY
F4
PARKING LIGHT RH[FRONT FOG LIGHT RH]
W–B
G
G
5
2
1
G
To Traction ECU<19–7>
5 IE1
I20
INTEGRATION
RELAY
2
G
F3
PARKING LIGHT LH[FRONT FOG LIGHT LH]
G
1
18
G
G
60A POWER
1
G–W
2
To Theft Deterrent
ECU<14–3>
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
2
G–W
G–W
2
1
G–W
G–W
1
3 1A
G–W
W
G–W
1
To ABS ECU<18–4>
To ABS and Traction ECU
<19–7>
G–W
S11
STOP
LIGHT
SW
T6
REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT
[TELLTALE LIGHT RH]
2
2
W
11 1K
4 1B
2
15A
STOP
10A
TAIL
7 SUPRA
8 SUPRA
W–L
G–O
(*1)
From Combination
Meter<25–8>
C10
METER ILLUMINATION
[COMB. METER]
T6
ODO AND TRIP ILLUMINATION
[TELLTAIL LIGHT RH]
H12
HEATER CONTROL SW
A
C7
CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION
C ,R6
G–O
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
(*2)
W–G
(*1)
W–G
G4
GLOVE BOX
LIGHT SW
W–B
W–G
W–G
W–B
E
W–G
W–B
3
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
B , R5
RADIO AND PLAYER
R4
W–G
(*1)
W
A29
ASHTRAY
ILLUMINATION
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
B
18 1E
W–G
G–O
(*2)
G
(*1)
H10
HAZARD SW
G3
GLOVE BOX LIGHT
G–O
O5
A/T INDICATOR ILLUMINATION
[O/D MAIN SW]
E8
SELECT SW
T8
TRAC OFF SW
S6
SEAT HEATER SW
120A ALT
16 IF1
W–B
W–B
Left kick panel
1E
Right kick panel
IH
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
W
W–G
1
2
T
ILL–
A J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
J1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B
A
1 2A
13
10
B
B
B
B
B
2
2 A (*1)
60A POWER
2
6
5
W–G
1
1
B
1
8
1
9 A (*1)
5 C (*2)
3
2
2
5 IH2
2
12
4
20
2
10 B (*2)
2
1
1
R8
RHEOSTAT
W–G
1
2
3
1
5
3
2
See Taillight
System<7–1>
2
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
10 IH1
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
2
10 IF3
3
2
3 1I
11 1K
3 4 5 6
5
1
G–O
10A
PANEL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
14 15
10 11 12 13
8 9
5 6 7 8 9 10
2
1
3 4
1 2
R5 C
R4 B
5 6 7
1 2 3 4
2 1B
4
3
2
RADIO AND PLAYER
1
*1 : w/ Stereo Power Amplifier
*2 : w/o Stereo Power Amplifier
Illumination
Power
Source
R6 A
BATTERY
1 1J
Power Source
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light
1
2
W
Horn
3
W
4
W
2
2
3 IB1
B–Y
ACC
7 AM1
5
HORN
RELAY
1J
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
IG1 4
3
ST1
C10 A BLUE
W
W
7. 5A
TURN
1
2
C12 B
2
W
I19
IGNITION SW
4 1J
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L–R
1 2 3 4 5 6
1E
L–B
7
4 IF1
W
G–R
4 1B
10
W
B1
TR
B2
TL
ON
G–Y
7
9
6
L–R
4 1A
7
1H
3
1C
11
1H
7
1A
17 IF1
C13
HORN SW
[COMB. SW]
10
G–Y
12 IF1
19 1E
4 1C
G–B
G–Y
R–B
120A ALT
4
BI
Lower
back
panel
center
BJ
Front side
of left
fender
EB
EA
H8
HORN LH
A
W–B
Left quarter
pillar
W–B
Left kick
panel
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
IE
W–B
W–B
W–B
3
1
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Front side of
right fender
IH
Right kick
panel
L–B
BATTERY
1
L–B
E
1
L–B
5
7 A
C10 A , C12 B
5
RH
L
2
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
B
2
W–B
TURN
SIGNAL
FLASHER
1
6 A
LH
2
6
F8
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
W–B
6
C13
TURN SIGNAL SW
[COMB. SW]
F7
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
W–B
RH
R10
REAR TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
B
4
15 B
TL
LH
4
G–Y
5
G–B
TR
G–Y
8
TB
R9
REAR TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
R–B
W–R
1 2A
1
G–B
15A
HAZ–HORN
R–B
1
To
Theft Deterrent
ECU<14–4>
G–Y
G–B
2
1
G–B
14 1E
R–B
2
G–B
W–R
W
2
G–B
G–Y
2
2
L–R
5
G–Y
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
1
TB
OFF
2
2
F
L–R
H10
HAZARD
SW
16 IB2
8
1
H9
HORN RH
9 SUPRA
10 SUPRA
Power
Source
Unlock and
Seat Belt Warning
1
Interior Light
3
2
4
INTEGRATION RELAY
7 AM1
P–L
IG1 4
B–Y
ST1
5 1J
10A GAUGE
W
8 1J
5 1B
1 1C
8 IF
4 1D
L4
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
1 1K
WRN
ACC
B
DOOR
KSW
4
PLCK
2 A
5
SW
3
10
2 1D
10 1D
G–B
W
12 1C
16 1I
6 1I
9 1E
15 1I
1 1J
6 1F
2 1F
G
W–B
W–B
4
W–B
3
5
W–B
1
W–B
1
D12
ROOM LIGHT SW
[DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW LH]
W–B
6 ID1
L–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
LG
Right kick
panel
IE
Left kick
panel
From Theft
Deterrent ECU
<14–3>
8
IE1
LG
1
LG
W–B
IH
LG
LG
16 IL1
W–B
Right kick
panel
D15
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW LH
[DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH]
L–W
L–W
U1
UNLOCK WARNING SW
IG
8 IL1
3
12 1K
9 IF2
D16
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW RH
[DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH]
W–B
G–B
G–B
Y
2
R–B
LG
1
W–B
W–B
Left guater
pillar
2
1
D11
DOOR COURTESY
SW RH
W–B
BI
2
D10
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
1
BATTERY
W–B
2
1
R–W
3
3
2 IC2
R–B
2
15 IC2
R–W
1
R–W
R–W
R–B
B6
BUCKLE SW
LH
B
From Theft
Deterrent ECU<14–3>
1
D7
DIODE
(for Interior Light)
R–W
R–B
B–W
120A ALT
7. 5A DOME
R–B
E
L–W
LOCK
3 A
LG
6
INTEGRATION RELAY
R–B
CTY
8
2
LP
A
G
BKL
2
2
I20
2
1 2A
6 1D
1
8 IF2
1
1
W–B
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
R
IG
11
2
2
RH
3
9
7
2
2
9 IH
R
R
11 1E
LH
W–G
R
R
R
1 1E
7
R
8
Y–R
16
6
W–G
1
I18
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT
R
DOOR
W
2
2
P6
1 PERSONAL LIGHT
D12
DOOR KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT
[DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW LH]
R
Y
14
SEAT BELT
T6
TELLTALE LIGHT RH
4 1B
7. 5A
RAD
NO. 2
R–B
12 1E
1
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I19
IGNITION SW
4 1J
2
I20 A
ACC 5
L5
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT SW
11 SUPRA
Power
Source
Light Auto Turn Off
1
Remote Control Mirror
4
3
2
P–L
P–L
ACC 5
7 AM1
IG1 4
B–Y
ST1
INTEGRATION RELAY
5 1J
8 1J
I20 A
I19
IGNITION SW
10A
GAUGE
7. 5A
RAD
NO. 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
W
R
R
4 1J
10 1E
GR
5 1B
1
4 1B
7
B
W
I20
SELECT
SW
A
INTEGRATION RELAY
B
E
MLH
MLV
M+
MRV
MRH
1
6
5
3
7
DOWN
HRLY
6 A
TRLY
5 A
H
7 A
T
4 A
3 A
6
R–Y
G–B
R–B
LH
R
9 IF2
LEFT
8 IF2
2
W–B
G–B
L–W
R–B
LG–R
11 ID1
BR–Y
BR–B
LG–R
12 ID1
10 ID1
15 IL1
6 IL1
14 IL1
1 1J
BR–Y
BR–B
Left kick panel
LG–R
IE
R16
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR LH
LG–R
LG–B
W–B
W–B
BATTERY
Left quarter pillar
LG–B
18 1E
LG
B
BI
LG–R
LG
2
TO Door Lock Motor and Door
Unlock Detection SW RH<14–4>
3
To Door Lock Motor and Door
Unlock Detection SW LH<14–4>
D10
DOOR COURTESY SW LH
See Taillight System
<7–1>
To Combination SW
<5–1><6–2>
<7–1>
From Headlight Relay
<5–2><6–2>
7. 5A DOME
120A ALT
1 2A
DOWN
RIGHT
15 IC2
R–Y
W
1
RIGHT
2 A
LEFT
2
1
RH
UP
2
2
PLCK
16 1I
13 IB2
2
2
LOCK
DCTY
L–W
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
1
CONTROL
SW
UP
2
2
R7
8
IG
5
3
4
4
3
5
MH
MV
M+
M+
MV
MH
M
M
M
M
R17
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR RH
12 SUPRA
Power Source
Power Window
Power Seat
2
1
3
4
L–W
L–W
W–L
From THEFT DETERRENT
ECU<14–4>
6 IC2
L
L
L
L
2 1B
15 1H
1
L–W
P8
4
30A
DOOR
DOWN
UP
DOWN
UP
LOCK
Y
L–W
POWER WINDOW
RELAY
2
1 BQ1
NORMAL
7 1I
10
9
5
POWER MAIN
RELAY
14 ID1
L
G–W
R–L
G–Y
R–W
W–B
L
L
L
L
5
4
W
1
1 2A
M
2
P9
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR LH
2
M
1
P10
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR RH
M
2 BQ1
2
M
RECLINING MOTOR
1
B
P12
POWER SAET MOTOR
(for Driver’ s
Seat Slide Control)
W–B
BATTERY
W–B
IE
Left kick panel
W–B
1
R–W
G–Y
R
120A
ALT
1
W–B
3
3
L–B
1
2
4
L
DOWN
UP
2
P7
POWER WINDOW
CONTROL SW RH
2
2
3 IL1
REAR
17 IL1
FRONT
4 IL1
REAR
2 1J
FRONT
10 1D 9 1D
W–B
W–B
1
3
L
1 1J
G–W
60A
POWER
R–L
2
5 IF3
15 ID1
2
2
2
G–W
5
P11
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW
(for Driver’ s Seat)
7
R–L
W–L
1
8
BI
Left quarter pillar
Power
Source
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
1
2
W–L
3
3 1J
8 1J
W
7. 5A
IGN
W–L
2 AM2
IG2 3
15A
CIG
2
4
D+
D–
2
P+
1
–SR
2
3 1G
2
2
1
7 1G
9 1G
3 1E
4 1E
2
CONNECTION
DETECTION
PIN
A B
F1
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR LH
F2
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR RH
B–Y
CONNECTION
DETECTION
PIN
A B
1 1J
1
P–B
12 II1
21 II1
To Data Link
Connector 2(TDCL)
<3–3><4–2>
P–B
B–Y
To Data Link
Connector 2(TDCL)
<3–2><4–2>
B–Y
P–B
W–B
2 IF1
B–Y
B
11 IF1
B–Y
P–B
1 2A
B–Y
P–B
30A AM2
120A ALT
1
4 1G
LA
12
B
GR
W
R
W
W
1
2
TC
7
B–Y
10
B–Y
11
ACC
P–B
9
15
14
P–
C5
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
–SL
+SR
8
W–B
W–B
2
6
+SL
3
BR
5
E2
G
E1
2
L
W–R
IG2
T6
SRS WARNING LIGHT
[TELLTALE LIGHT RH]
2
Y
13
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
2
W–R
W
60A POWER
1
2
4 IB1
2
1
1
13 1E
L–R
B–O
SPIRAL
CABLE
A28
AIRBAG SQUIB
(Front Passenger
Airbag Assembly)
I19
IGNITION SW
1
2
6 1G
A27
AIRBAG SQUIB
(Steering Wheel Pad)
W–R
4 1B
10A
ECU–B
B–O
10 1G
2
2 1B
IG1
ST1
4 1J
2
W–L
P–L
B–O
ACC 5 P–L
7 AM1
4
BATTERY
To Data Link
Connector 1
(Check Connector)
<3–3><4–2>
Left kick
panel
To Data Link
Connector 1
(Check Connector)
<3–3><4–2>
IE
13 SUPRA
14 SUPR A
W–L
(*1)
W–L
(*2)
Y
L–R
L–O
R–Y
G–W
R–B
R
L–R
B–R
L–W
W–L
(*2)
W–L
(*1)
60A POWER
Y
L–R
L–O
R–Y
G–W
R–B
LG
W–L
(*2)
L–W
W–B
L–R
G–B
L–Y
L–W
W
G–R
R–W
G–Y
Y
W–L
G
R–L
L–W
R–W
G–R
L–Y
From
Integration
Relay<11–2>
G–B
G–Y
Y
G–B
W–B
W–B
L–R
W–B
D16
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR
UNLOCK DETECTION SW RH
L–Y
L–W
L–Y
L–R
D15
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR
UNLOCK DETECTION SW LH
W
G–Y
R–W
D13
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW RH
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
D14
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SW RH
LOCK
R–W
R–L
V–R
L
D11
DOOR COURTESY
SW RH
W–B
W–B
UNLOCK
D12
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW LH
LOCK
LOCK
V–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–R
E6
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
W–B
W–B
W–B
P8
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
[POWER WINDOW MASTER SW]
G–R UNLOCK
G–R
G–Y
W
U1
UNLOCK WARNING
SW
T5
THEFT DETERRENT
INDICATOR LIGHT
[TELLTALE LIGHT LH]
V–R
L
W
120A ALT
15A
HAZ–HORN
7. 5A DOME
L–R
L–R
4 A
3 A
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
2
3
To Power Main
Relay<12–1>
From Horn Relay
<9–4>
From Starter Relay
<1–2>
From Headlight Relay
<5–2><6–2>
From Taillight Relay
<7–1>
To Door Courtesy
SW LH<10–1>
To Luggage Compartment
Light SW<10–4>
15A CIG
10A ECU–IG
30A D00R
W
W(*1)
M
M
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L3
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
KEY UNLOCK SW
B
IH
Right kick panel
Left kick panel
IE
Right kick
panel
IG
Front side of
right fender
W
(*2)
W–L
W
W–L
W(*2)
W(*1)
R
1
EA
BJ
Lower back
panel center
2
3
4
W–B
8 IL1
W–B
W–B
2
16 IL1
10 1D
1 1J
11 IL1
3
4
1
2
4
1
5 ID1
1
W–B
W–B
BATTERY
1
2
3
2
1
R–W
12 IL1
16 ID1
6 ID1
1 ID1
7 ID1
2
1
2
8
3
12 1K
18 1E
2
1 2A
1
2 IL1
7 IL1
10 IL1
9 IL1
L–Y
3 ID1
13 ID1
4 IF3
9 IF3
4 IE1
10
G–R
W
4 IB6
1
1
1
3
2
2
From
Integration
Relay<11–2>
L–W
G–Y
11 IF2
2
7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6
E
ACT+
LSWP
ACT–
G–B
1
PRLY
HORN
21 B
2 A
15 B
16 B
LSWD
UL12
UL1
L1
5 B
8 B
L2
22 B
UL3
KSW
6 B
20 B
12 B
6 A
24 B
25 B
10 B
SRLY
HEAD
TAIL
DSWD
12 IF3
14 IF2
10 IF2
16 IF2
15 IF2
3 IF2
13 IF1
23 B
7 B
DSWL
+B1
4 B
1 B
11 B
8 A
7 A
SH
ACC
IG
+B2
2
IND
DSWP
DSWH
LUG
19 B
14 B
9 B
B
9 A
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
2
A , T13
T7
1
T13 B ORANGE
19 IB6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
6 IF2
22 II1
2
2
11 1E
2
4 1B
9
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
I19
IGNITION SW
7 EA1
2 1E
3
1 2
1
ST1
17 1E
15 1H
4 5 6 7 8 9
5 1B
T1
THEFT
DETERRENT
HORN
4 IJ
1
8 1J
T 7 A ORANGE
B–Y
ACC 5
5 1J
2 1B
IG1 4
7 AM1
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
W
(*1)
P–L
4
3
2
R
1
*1 : 2JZ–GE
*2 : 2JZ–GTE
Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control
Power Source
(Cont. next page)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator
(for 2JZ–GTE)
Power Source
2
1
3
B–R
E2
IG1 4
B–W
B–W
ST1 8
B–O
IG2 3
3 1J
1 B
38 A 27 A 26 A
NCO+ NCO–
NEO
EFI+
EFI–
Y–R
21 B
SP2–
W–R
3 B
O
SP2+
W
23 B
SLU–
B
P–L
14 B
SLN–
ECU<19–8>
Y
L
13 B
R
SLT–
LG–B
12 B
1
From Traction
ECU<19–6>
BR
VTA2
SLT+
01
O/D DIRECT CLUTCH
SPEED SENSOR
NO. 3
PM1
62 B 42 B
31 B
Y–G
OIL
L
S1
24 B
NO. 4
10 B
S2
LG–R
9 B
A
G
OD1
7
2
14 A 13 A 11 A
TRC+ TRC–
ABS
IDL2
63 B
VCC
VTA1
41 B 43 B
IDL1
64 B
E2
THA
65 B 45 B
VG
66 B
E21
28 B
E1
E02
69 B 79 B
E01
80 B
M
MI
3 A 18 A
KD
25 A
L
2
R
28 A 10 A
OD2
9 A
7 A
BR–B
G–W
P
B
B–Y
STP
4 A 12 A
SLU–
6
W–G
B–O
W–R
B–Y
SP1
2 A
SLN–
5
R–L
B , E10
O
STA
SLT–
1
W–R
BATT
33 A 77 B
4
EA1
SLT+
4
+B
E9
B–Y
S1
8
31 A
NSW
W–B
W
76 B
IGSW
S2
R–L
1 A
M–REL
B–R
24 A
2
B–W
5
2
2
B
13 IJ2
B–O
2
GR
2
13 II1
B–Y
2
2
2
2
3
B–R
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
1
3
EFI MAIN RELAY
EFI NO. 2 RELAY
W
2
2
2
1
NO. 5
B
2
1
NO. 1
To Cruise Control
ECU<17–3>
4 1K
B–O
B–R
B–R
8 1E
GR
2
5
NO. 2
5 EA2
B–R
Y
1
4 1B
4 IB1
R
B–R
7. 5A ST
8 EA1
3
SLU+
6 1J
7. 5A IGN
2 EA2
See Engine
Control
System<3–1>
4 1J
B–R
B–R
GR
W
W–R
I19
IGNITION SW
2
SLN+
V11
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(Speed Sensor)NO. 2
(for Electronically Controlled Transmission)
G
B–O
2 AM2
B–Y
B–R
B–Y
ACC
7 AM1
4
B–R
B–R
R–B
V–G
W–L
G–Y
Y
B–Y
W
LG–R
G–B
From Cruise Control
ECU<17–3>
3 IJ2
38 II1
12 IJ2
5
II1
W–L
G–Y
Y
BR
BR
BR
1
From Stop Light SW
<7–4>
1
See Engine Control System
<3–7>
W–B
1
2
From Telltale Light RH
<25–1>
30A AM2
120A ALT
1
2
30A EFI NO. 1
2
2
30A EFI NO. 2
2
2
From Park/Neutral
Position SW(Neutral
Start SW)<1–3>
2
2
V–G
1 2A
E 9 B DARK GRAY
W–L
E10 A DARK DRAY
B
G–Y
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
BATTERY
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
Front side of
left fender
EB
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
K4
KICK DOWN
SW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
ED
Rear side of
intake manifold
W–B
13
1H
1
1J
W–B
15 SUPRA
15 SUPRA (Cont’ d)
(for 2JZ–GTE)
5
B–Y
Back–Up Light (for 2JZ–GTE)
7
6
8
5 1J
10A
GAUGE
23
II1
Y
Y
(M/T)
Y
(A/T)
12
1E
Y
Y
P2
BACK–UP LIGHT SW AND A/T INDICATOR
LIGHT SW
4
2
Y
N
D
2
L
8
10
9
2
3
1
R–B
(M/T)
G–R
G–R
7
IJ2
R
7
GR
G–R
To Cruise Control
ECU<17–2>
P
L
R–B
R–B
LG–R
LG–R
G–B
G–B
7 II1
1 II1
17 II1
27 II1
36 II1
R–B
G–B
LG–R
G–R
L
GR
R–B
(A/T)
Y
R–B
18 II1
R–B
R–B
(A/T)
R–B
12
IE1
R–B
LG–R
1
4
10
6
7
8
11
V–G
1
IF3
V–G
R9
LH
5
W–B
2
V–G
13
C11
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
W–B
A
W–B
W–B
IE
5
IH
Right kick panel
W–B
W–B
Left kick panel
R10
RH
W–B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
A
W–B
See Combination Meter
<25–8>
4 MANUAL 3
3
4
W–B
W–L
E8
NORMAL TRANSMISSION PATTERN
SELECT SW
W–B
12
V–G
W–L
G–Y
BACK–UP LIGHT
[REAR COMB. LIGHT]
4
V–G
V–G
O5
O/D MAIN SW
4
V–G 2
R–B
L
2
D
N
R
P
MANU
O/D OFF
To Data Link
Connector 2
(TDCL)<3–2>
R–B
G–B
Left quarter pillar
BI
BJ
Lower back
panel center
(for 2JZ–GE)
Power Source
1
2
B–Y
ACC
3
4
B–Y
B–R
B–W
7 AM1
IG1 4
B–W
ST1 8
3 1J
1
8 1E
STP
G
10 B
8 B
S2
S1
S3
B , E10 A
R
9 B
+B
23 B
3 B
SP2+
SP2–
OD1
VCC
4 A 12 A
VTA1
41 B 43 B
IDL1
64 B
E2
THA
65 B 45 B
KS
66 B
EO2
79 B
M
MI
3 A 18 A
KD
25 A
OD2
2
9 A
LG–R
V–G
W–L
G–Y
Y
BR
3 IJ2
38 II1
12 IJ2
2
5
II1
W–L
G–Y
Y
BR
P3
POWER STEERING
PRESSURE SW
BR
L
28 A 10 A
G–B
See Engine Control System
<4–8>
W–B
1
From Cruise Control
ECU<17–3>
30A AM2
120A ALT
1
From Stop Light
SW<7–4>
2
<25–1>
From Park/Neutral
Position SW(Neutral
Start SW)<1–3>
2
30A EFI NO. 1
2
EO1
69 B 80 B
BR–W
B–Y
W
2
2
E1
PS
35 A
BR–B
G–W
P
B
B–Y
SP1
2 A
B–R
STA
SL
W–R
BATT
33 A 77 B
4
EA1
Y
W
E9
2
3
31 A
NSW
2
S1
1
R–L
76 B
IGSW
R–L
NO. 3
NO. 1
B
1 A
B–R
B–W
B–O
GR
B–R
B–Y
W–R
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
24 A
2
B–Y
NO. 2
13 IJ2
2
M–REL
2
1
13 II1
S2
EFI MAIN RELAY
W
1
2
2
8 EA1
2
1
5
To Cruise Control
ECU<17–3>
2
3
B
4 1B
GR
B–Y
4 IB1
V11
(Speed Sensor) NO. 2
(for Electronically Controlled
Transmission)
4 1K
B–O
GR
4 1J
2
E2
B–R
W
W–R
I19
IGNITION SW
7. 5A ST
7. 5A IGN
IG2 3
3 EA3
2
6 1J
B–R
B–O
2 AM2
V–G
1
BR
1 2A
E 9 B DARK GRAY
W–L
E10 A DARK DRAY
B
G–Y
2
BR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
BATTERY
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
Front side of
left fender
EB
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
K4
KICK DOWN
SW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
1
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
ED
Rear side of
intake manifold
W–B
13
1H
1
1J
W–B
(Cont. next page)
16 SUPRA
(for 2JZ–GE)
5
B–Y
Back–Up Light (for 2JZ–GE)
7
6
8
5 1J
10A
GAUGE
23
II1
Y
Y
(M/T)
Y
(A/T)
12
1E
Y
Y
P2
BACK–UP LIGHT SW AND A/T INDICATOR
LIGHT SW
4
2
Y
N
D
2
L
8
10
9
2
3
1
L
R–B
(M/T)
G–R
G–R
23
II1
G–R
R
7
GR
LG–R
R–B
(A/T)
To Cruise Control
ECU<17–2>
P
LG–R
G–B
G–B
7 II1
1 II1
18 II1
17 II1
27 II1
R–B
R–B
(A/T)
36 II1
R–B
G–B
LG–R
G–R
L
GR
Y
R–B
(A/T)
R–B
12
IE1
R–B
LG–R
1
4
10
6
7
8
11
L
2
D
4
V–G
V–G
V–G
1
IF3
V–G
R9
LH
O5
O/D MAIN SW
4
V–G 2
5
W–B
2
V–G
13
C11
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
W–B
A
W–B
W–B
R10
RH
5
W–B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
A
W–B
See Combination Meter
<25–8>
4 MANUAL 3
3
4
W–B
W–L
E8
NORMAL TRANSMISSION PATTERN
SELECT SW
W–B
12
V–G
W–L
G–Y
BACK–UP LIGHT
[REAR COMB. LIGHT]
N
R
P
MANU
O/D OFF
To Data Link
Connector 2
(TDCL)<4–2>
R–B
R–B
G–B
W–B
W–B
Left kick panel
IE
IH
Right kick panel
Left quarter pillar
BI
BJ
Lower back
panel center
Power
Source
From Stop Light SW
<7–4>
<25–1>
W
G–W
P
G–R
BR–W
R
BR–B
(A/T)
R–L
(A/T)
BR–B
S11
STOP LIGHT SW
R–L
B–W
LG
G–R
R–B
LG–R
P–G
P5
PARKING BRAKE SW
<3–6><4–8><15–2><16–2>
From Engine Control Module
<3–8><4–8>
BR–B
(A/T)
<15–2><16–2>
R
R–L
(A/T)
BR–B
R–L
LG
G–R
R–B
LG–R
P–G
BR–B
W–R
G–R
(M/T)
O
W–B
M
B–R
C15
CRUISE CONTROL
CLUTCH SW(M/T)
O
O
C10 A , C12 B
CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
Y
(M/T)
From
A/T Indicator SW
Y
(TDCL)<3–2><4–2>
P–B
L
R–Y
W–B
B
5
6
7
1
4
W–B
C4
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1 1J
P–B
P–B
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
120A ALT
Left kick
panel
IE
C14
CRUISE CONTROL
MAIN SW
[COMB. SW]
13 1H
BATTERY
P–B
W
W
CANCEL
3 IJ1
11 IJ2
10 IJ2
15 IB6
9 IB6
10 IB6
7 IB6
1
1 2A
2
3
MAIN
W–B 17
4
RESUME/
ACCEL
STP–
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
60A POWER
2
17 IB6
8 IB6
1
15
5
3
2
16 IB6
SET/
COAST
3
21
PKB
IDL
OD
ECT
9
22
26
10
L–
L
MO
MC
VR1
12
11
23
24
25
VR2
VR3
CCS CMS
GND
19
18
13
W
16
STP+
SPD
1
BATT
20
15
B
D
PI
14
2
7
8
C16
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
1
1
TC
2
2
G–R
O
P–B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4 IF2
11 IF1
1
W–L
6 B
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6
4 1B
C12 B
21 II1
2
2
(TDCL)<3–2><4–2>
ST1
2
2
2
C10 A BLUE
(Check Connector)
<3–3><4–2>
W
9 A
10 1I
8 1H
9 1I
CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
15A
STOP
10A
ECU–B
10A
ECU–IG
10A
GAUGE
B–Y
IG1 4
7 AM1
2 1B
5 1J
4
3
W–L
2
1
12 1H
12 1E
I19
IGNITION SW
4 1J
Cruise Control
ACC
17 SUPRA
18 SUPRA
ABS (Anti–Lock Brake System)
Power Source
1
W–L
2
1B
B–Y
5
1J
ACC
7 AM1
IG1 4
B–Y
From
(Check Connector)
<4–2>
ST1
B–R
B
1 A
+BM
W
10A
ECU–B
To
(Check Connector)
<4–2>
A8 A , A9
ABS RELAY
B
8 1H
10A
ECU–IG
R
R–
TC
PKB
13 B
FL–
FSS
RL+
9 B
3 B 12 B
GS2
6 B
GS1
STP
RL–
RSS
1 B
7 B
A31
ABS SPEED
SENSOR REAR LH
ABS RELAY
A 8 A GRAY
1
2
A32
ABS SPEED
SENSOR REAR RH
ABS ECU
A 9 B GRAY
A18 B
A19 A
W–B
EA
W–B
2
W–B
A 7 B GRAY
GND
2 A
W–B
A 6 A BLACK
1
A11
ABS SPEED
SENSOR FRONT RH
ABS ACTUATOR
1 A
W–B
Front side of
right fender
1
W–B
LG
(SHIELDED)
W–B
L
L–W
ABS ACTUATOR
2
A10
ABS SPEED
SENSOR FRONT LH
E
3 A
1
GND
15 A
V–G
9 IC2
P
8 IC2
V
L
(SHIELDED)
D/G
4 B
(TDCL)<4–2>
3 IC2
(SHIELDED)
L
3 IB5
RR–
16 B
LG
V
2 IB5
RR+
8 B
BR–W
(SHIELDED)
L
1 IB5
R
B
R
B
BATTERY
A ,A7
FR–
3 A
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BM
A6
GST
MT
M
4 A
FR+
B
W
5 B
6 IB5
10 B
IG1
16 A
BR–B
5 IB5
2
BS
10 A
B
W
1 B
SFR
4 IB5
4
L
ABS ECU
A
(SHIELDED)
To Parking
Brake SW
<25–7>
L–W
4 B
SFL
6 IB6
Y
3 B
SRR
7 IB5
B–Y
6 B
SRL
8 IB5
P
2 B
AST
9 IB5
P–B
1
1 2A
10 IB5
Y–G
120A ALT
5 IB6
12 A
BAT
A18 B , A19
22 A
BR–W
L–W
Y
B–Y
P
P–B
Y–G
2
9 A
25 A
W
WA
FL+
14 B
2
IF2
L
From Stop Light
SW<7–4>
G–W
5 A
MT
2
T5
ABS WARNING LIGHT
[TELLTALE LIGHT LH]
L
TS
6 A
3
B–O
SFR
1 A
GS1
2
R–L
SFL
13 A
GS2
1
W–L
SRR
26 A
W–B
L
SRL
14 A
GST
B–R
P–B
W
W
AST
18 A
W–R
11
IF1
15 B
2
6
L
P–B
16 IJ1
P–B
SR
GND
IG1
L
P–B
21 II1
Y
11 A
R–
4
L
15 IJ1
L–B
24 A
MR
A23
ABS LATERAL
ACCELERATION SENSOR
B–R
BM
2 A
1 IB6
V–Y
23 A
L–B
V–Y
13 IB6
V
1
2
SR
1 B
Y
3 A
V
2 IB6
60A ABS NO. 1
60A POWER
1
2
L–W
2
2
50A AM1
1
W–B
2
2
MR
4 A
P–B
W–L
W
2
2
GND BS
5 B
12 1E
Y
4 1B
6 B
10A
GAUGE
13 1K
B–R
To
(TDCL)<4–2>
+BS
R
4
B
B–R
R
2
To
(Check Connector)
<4–2>
6 EA1
4 1J
To
(Check Connector)
<4–2>
W
I19
IGNITION SW
4
3
2
1
2
3
4
1 2 3
4 5 6
1
3
2
4
1
4
2
3
5
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Right
IG
kick panel
Power Source
3
2
1
4
W–R
B–R
7 AM1
B–Y
ACC
L–Y
5 1J
IG1 4
V
ST1
10A
GAUGE
I19
IGNITION SW
10A
ECU–IG
7 B
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
5
5
4
2 IF2
12 IF2
1 IF2
W
L
LG–R
W–B
R–W
V–Y
W–B
A22 C
W
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
3
8
L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LG–R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
W
5
ABS ACTUATOR
A 6 A BLACK
1 2 3 4 5 6
16 IJ1
A 7 B GRAY
C12 B
1 2A
To Data Link
Connector 2
(TDCL)<3–2>
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
G–B
L–Y
1
C10 A BLUE
L
5
L
4
V–Y
7. 5A TRAC
120A ALT
1
2
TRACTION INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
W–B
2
7 8 9 10 11 12
TRACTION
MOTOR RELAY
2
30A ABS NO. 2
2
3
W
L
5
1
C10 A , C12 B
2
TRACTION INDICATOR
LIGHT [COMB. METER]
A21 B
ABS
A20 A
W
W
2
T4
TRACTION PUMP
AND MOTOR
B
BATTERY
9 A
5
5
4
Y
5
1 2 3 4 5 6
5
1
T5
TELLTALE
2 LIGHT LH
1
5
V–Y
7 8 9 10 11 12
TRAC OFF
5
L–W
V–Y
V–Y
5
1 2 3 4 5 6
Y
3
5
5
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
LG–R
2
R
5
5
4
B–R
5
V–Y
Y
V–Y
5
1
TRACTION
SOLENOID RELAY
5
2
5
6
3
B–R
2
L
1
Y
B–R
2
5
4
ABS SOLENOID
RELAY
2
1
R
L–B
V
R
ABS MOTOR
RELAY
Y
60A POWER
1
2
60A ABS NO. 1
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
2
L–Y
R
W
W–L
2
T10 B
16 IB5
R
3 IB3
2
2
18 IB6
R
5
1
1 IB6
6 EA1
R
4 1B
2
LG–R
Y
B–R
L–Y
2
TRACTION ECU
T9 A
10A ECU–B
2 1B
LG–R
13 1K
B–R
LG–R
B–R
12 1E
4 1J
To Data Link
Connector 1
(Check Connector)
<3–3>
L–B
W
W–R
8 1H
L–B
3
1
2
3
4
1 2 3
4 5 6
(Check Connector)
<3–3>
V–Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R–W
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
L–W
M
L
1
2
W–G
W–B
EB
G–B
Front side of
left fender
W–G
EA
Front side of
right fender
(Cont. next page)
19 SUPRA
B–R
7
6
5
W–R
IG1
L–Y
BM
BAT
A
V
12
13
A
23
EFI–
NEO
A
24
EFI+
A
B
10
8
TRC–
IDL1
TRC+
B
3
B
9
B
FL0
IDL2
FR0
B
A
B
2
1
7
RL0
RR0
A
20
6
A
19
THFA
BRP
ABS0
BRFA
BRC
TRC0
A
A
7
4
A
22
A
16
A
A
21
9
A
17
TC
MT
SFR
SFL
SRR
SRL
AST
TMR
MTT
LBL
D/G
C
A
C
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
C
T8
TRAC OFF SW
14 IJ1
4 IB3
1
2
W–B
W–B
A6 A ,A7 B
ABS ACTUATOR
W–B
W–G
Y–R
W–G
B
12
Y–R
<3–7><15–4>
(TDCL)<3–2>
L
G–B
2 B
10
EX0
W–B
L
G–B
4 A
L–W
L–W
1 A
L
L–W
3 A
10
V–G
R–W
M
22
To Brake Fluid Level Warning
SW<25–7>
6 B
Y–G
3 B
14
14 IB6
5 IB6
P–B
4 B
P
1 B
21
10 IB5
9 IB5
B–Y
Y
5 B
7
P
Y
3
L–W
1
26
8 IB5
7 IB5
T3
TRACTION BRAKE
ACTUATOR
V
R–W
R–W
R–W
Left kick panel
13
V–Y
R–W
IE
W–B
1
4
(SHIELDED)
A32
ABS SPEED
SENSOR REAR RH
2
(SHIELDED)
1
V–Y
A31
ABS SPEED
SENSOR REAR LH
V–Y
2
(SHIELDED)
2
A11
ABS SPEED
SENSOR FRONT RH
(SHIELDED)
V–Y
A10
ABS SPEED
SENSOR FRONT LH
W–B
2
13
IB6
1
1
R–W
9
W–G
2
P
L
LG
V
L
R
B
1
6
B , A22 C
SMC
GND
A23
ABS LATERAL
ACCELERATION SENSOR
To Data Link
Connector 1
(Check Connector)
<3–3>
P–B
6 IB6
V–Y
2
2
LG
TS
11 IB2
(SHIELDED)
8 IC2
1
W–B
PKB
V
V–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
9 IC2
21
II1
P–B
G–B
8
3
A
5
W–B
A
C
12
11
IF1
Y–G
9
A
6
14
8 IJ2
P–B
4
C
12
S4
SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR
A20 A , A21
A
B–Y
25
C
P–B
23
C
L–W
10
A
4
11
W–B
B
11
12
C
5
10
CSW
Y
6
B
4
R
16
B
5
L
14
B
6
W
11
B
18
G
B
LG
GS1
GS2
2 IB5
3
BR
8
B
THFA
BRP
ABS0 STP
BRFA
BRC
TRC0
GND
GND
RR+
RR–
GND
R–
SRC
2
3 IC2
(SHIELDED)
GST
3
(SHIELDED)
IG1
2
W
1
A
To Parking Brake
SW<25–7>
7
B
RL0
1
V
L
R
B
W
R–L
B–O
L
W–L
B–R
5 IB2
4
3 IB5
GND
B
BR–W
RR0
5
B
10 IB2
1 IB5
BCM
B
From Stop Light
<7–4>
B
6 IB2
B–
B
G–W
RL–
B
4 IB2
B
B
P–B
FL0
4
B
W
L
A
B
(TDCL)<3–2>
RL+
A
9
A–
B
P–B
FR–
A
4
ACM
A
P–B
FR+
A
17
PKB
A
15 IJ1
Y
FL–
18
STP
Y
FR0
A
5
BR–W
BAT
6
B
V–Y
8
To Parking Brake
SW<25–7>
G–W
20
R–B
15
B
FL+
A
B–Y
A
R–W
A
6
13
A
TRACTION ECU
A
P–B
GS1
GS2
C
V–R
IG1
P–B
MR
P–G
SR
Y–B
A
GR–R
7
A
WA
From Sub Throttle
Position Sensor
<3–8>
From Throttle
Position Sensor
<3–8>
24
To Engine
Control Module
(Engine and
Electronically
Controlled
Transmission
ECU)
<3–8><15–4>
2
A
GST
5
B–R
TSR
W–R
V
15
A
O
LG–B
P–L
V
L–B
B–R
1
From Stop Light
SW<7–4>
2 IJ2
B
TC
(Check Connector)<3–3>
LG–R
2 IB6
A , T10
11
GR–R
R
O
B
W–R
W
W
P–L
LG–R
L–Y
W–R
B–R
L–B
A
T9
(SHIELDED)
26
IND
WT
A
B–R
V–Y
8
B–R
IG
Right kick panel
EA
Front side of
right fender
Left kick panel
IE
Power
Source
Rear Window Defogger
and Mirror Heater
1
7 AM1
PPS(Progressive
Power steering)
Clock
2
R
5
1B
ACC 5
P–L
P–L
8
1J
IG1 4
B–Y
5
1
W–L
W
W–L
5 1J
4
3
R
ST1
Electric Tension
Reducer
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
2 1B
I19
IGNITION SW
3
11
1K
2
<7–1>
4 1J
3
30A DEFOG
10A GAUGE
R
4 1B
15A
CIG
10A
PANEL
10A
ECU–IG
W
4
2
B–R
T11
LH
LG–R
2
T12
RH
2
A
2
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B–W
BUCKLE SW
B6
LH
A
1
B–W
P1
PPS SOLENOID
<25–1>
1
B–R
4 II1
LG–R
G–O
16 IL1
2
1
LG–R
W–B
P
14 II1
TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID
1
LG–R
SOL+
2
1
B7
RH
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
IE
B–R
G–O
R
1
R–Y
1 IJ
D8
DIODE(for Idle–Up)
R–Y
10 1D
SOL–
1
R17
RH 32 II1
To Engine
Control Module
(Engine and
Electronically
Controlled
Transmission
ECU)
<3–7><4–7>
W–B
NOISE
FILTER
1
2
G–O
W–B
N2
NOISE
FILTER
3
W–B
W–B
1
1
R16
LH
2
L–R
R19 C
B–W
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
2
MIRROR HEATER
[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR]
W–B
B
1 C
BATTERY
R18 B , R19 C
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
1
1 B
10 IF3
13 IL1
B
B
To A/C Amplifier
<26–5>
N3 A
1
L–R
B
B
NOISE FILTER
R18 B GREEN
L–R
1 A
1 2A
W–B
L–R
L–R
B
B
B
7. 5A DOME
120A ALT
3 IF1
5 IC2
N3 A
NOISE
FILTER
E
6
4
13 1K
P4
PPS ECU
B
5
B
2
8 IF1
6 1C
4 1H
4
1 BO1
1
17 1E
C8
CLOCK
1 1D
5
4
1
2
3
2
1
5
10A
MIR–HTR
3
B
W
W
2
2
3 1I
SPD
4
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
RELAY
L–R
7 1C
6 BM1
2
G–O
4
1
2
11 1E
4
B
1
2 1E
B
W–L
2
6 1E
7 1K
Y
1
12 1H
2
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
60A POWER
2
2
Left kick panel
IH
Right kick panel
Left quarter
pillar
BI
IG
Right kick
panel
20 SUPR A
21 SUPRA
Power
Sourse
Cigarette
Lighter
Seat Heater
(for Canada)
Shift Lock
1
4
3
2
B–Y
P–L
8 IJ
5 1J
ACC 5
7 AM1
IG1 4
15A
CIG
ST1
10A
ECU–IG
15A
SEAT–HTR
I19
IGNITION SW
W
2 1E
14 1I
9 1I
L–R
16 1H
B
From Stop Light SW
<7–4>
4 IJ
B–R
7
IC1
B
B
B
G–W
4 1B
W
L–R
S7
SHIFT LOCK ECU
5
L–R
G–R
G
G–W
P1
P
P2
KLS+
W–B
W
Y
Left kick panel
BI
W–B
IE
2
W–B
Right kick panel
W–B
W–B
IH
3
W–B
2 BQ1
S6
SEAT HEATER
SW
W–B
W–B
BATTERY
4
W–B
1 1J
B
12 1K
W–B
1 2A
1
W–B
1
1
1
2
W–B
A
1
2
6
S13
SEAT HEATER
(for Passenger’ s Seat)
S12
SEAT HEATER
(for Driver’ s
Seat)
K3
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
2
W–B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4
6 IC1
W–B
120A
ALT
3
1
2
A
4
4
V
2
1
E
6
2
2
L
2
S14
SEAT HEATER
RELAY
(for Driver’ s
Seat)
SLS–
L
SHIFT LOCK
CONTROL SW
1
4 BQ1
L
S15
SEAT HEATER RELAY
(for Passenger’ s Seat)
Y–R
1
B
2
Y–R
C6
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
Y–R
SLS+
Y
50A AM1
(for USA)
60A AM1
(for Canada)
3 BQ1
2
STP
B
2
IG
B
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
2
1
ACC
Left quarter pillar
IG
Right kick panel
Power
Source
1
4
3
2
B–Y
ACC
7 AM1
L
5 1J
IG1 4
L
L
L
20A
WIPER
ST1
2
1
1A
W
I19
IGNITION SW
L
W1
WASHER MOTOR
L
2
IB2
M
REAR WIPER
MOTOR
5 1H
8
IB2
M
L
SM
L
4 1J
L
8
W
18
4
B
+S
7
+1
E
1
13
+2
E
OFF
MIST
2
C1R
E
INT
WR
LOW
WASHER1
2
HIGH
WASHER
W–B
120A ALT
OFF
INT
ON
1
WIPER RELAY
WASHER2
1 2A
C14
FRONT WIPER AND
WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
16
W–B
BATTERY
16
W–B
B
C14
REAR WIPER AND
WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
12 1K
12 1K
1 1J
1 1J
W–B
W–B
IE
Left kick panel
Left kick panel
IE
L–W
5
+S
F9
FRONT WIPER
MOTOR
L–O
10
6
B
7 1B2
R15
REAR WIPER MOTOR AND RELAY
LG
3
+1
M
1 IB2
C1
4 IC2
L
2 C1
LS
2
+2
GR–G
LG–B
SM
L–R
5
BO1
Y
L–W
LG–B
LM
L
3 L
LG–B
+1R
LG–R
R
LG–B
LG–R
W
1
2
BO1
+B
L–R
1 B
LG–R
3 BM1
LG–R
13 IC2
2
GR–G
L
L–O
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
4 BM1
2
9
IB2
3
LG
4
BO1
L
W
1
REAR WIPER
RELAY
L
5
BM1
L
2
2
1
LM
L
1 IC2
4 1B
+B
L–W
Front side of
left fender
EB
22 SUPRA
23 SUPRA
Power
Source
1
ACC 5
R13
REAR SPEAKER LH
*1 S 9 B BLACK
8 1J
L–Y
IG1
ST1
1
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
F. R
R. L
R. R
GND
OUT
B , S10
RL–
1 2
3 4
5 6
7
8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
16
RR+
RR–
C , D
OUT AMP+
GND
FL+
FL–
FR+
5 B
6 B
13 B 14 B
10 B
9 B
3 B
1 B
4 A
2 C
9 C
1 C
8 C
11 B 12 B
4 B
5 B
6 B
13 B 14 B
10 B
9 B
3 B
1 B
4 A
3 D
4 D
9 D
8 D
5 IL1
LG–R
8 ID1
LG–B
2 ID1
1 IL1
9 IE1
LG–R
2
LG–B
1
13 IE1
L
L
LG
2
LG
1
9 IH1
V
V
P
P
P–L
B–R
8
L
ANT
R6
RADIO AND PLAYER
LG
120A ALT
AMP
LG–R
LG–B
1
B
1 IH3
L
4
L
3
ACC
(*2)
2 IH3
LG
R. R
WF–
14 C (*1)
5 C
5 IH1
LG
15
V
R. L
V
14
V
F. R
P
7
F. L
1 IH1
BR
6
6 IH1
P
P–L
5
P
P–L
(SHIELDED)
LG
V
(SHIELDED)
BR
W
R
L
Y
G
B
13
2 IH1
WF+
FR–
4 B
FADE BEEP MUTE
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
10 C (*1)
5 D (*2)
11 B 12 B
12
1 2
W
RL+
A , S9
S10 D
W
F. L
W
1 D
+B2
3 IH2
R
3 C
2 D
8 IH1
P–L
B–R
1
F12
FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER LH
B
BR
BATTERY
R
11 C
6 D
11 IF3
1 2A
R
4 C
2 A
W
1
Y
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
20A RAD NO. 1
1
GND
Y
B
L–Y
L–Y
2 A
+B1
2
3 IF3
1 IH2
6 A
S8
11
6 IH2
6 A
2
2
2 IH2
3 A
FADE BEEP MUTE
1
S10 C BLACK
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
2
2
2 IF3
3 A
ACC
1
11 IE1
B
L–Y
W
2
2
*2 S 9 B
GR
4 1B
2
Y
W
L–Y
10 IE1
8 IB1
1
S8 A
3 4 5 6
I19
IGNITION SW
3 1H
R14
REAR SPEAKER RH
2
B
7. 5A
RAD
NO. 2
4 1J
2
4
3
2
P–L
7 AM1
*1 : w/ Woofer(Speaker)
*2 : w/o Woofer(Speaker)
Radio and Player (w/ Stereo Power Amplifier)
1
2
F13
FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER RH
1
2
From Auto Antenna
Control Relay<24–3>
F10
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) LH
IF
Left kick
panel
F11
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) RH
2
W2
WOOFER(SPEAKER)
Power
Source
1
Auto Antenna
4
3
2
*1 : w/ Stereo Power Amplifier
*2 : w/o Stereo Power Amplifier
B–Y
ACC 5
7 AM1
IG1 4
P–L
B–Y
8 1J
5 1J
RADIO AND PLAYER
ST1
W
R4 A
7. 5A
RAD NO. 2
I19
IGNITION SW
1 2
4 1J
R5 B
3 4
1
5 6 7 8 9 10
2
3 4 5 6
L–Y
4
B
1
1 IF1
3 A
B
ACC
8 A
9 A
ANT
FL+
7 A
FL–
2 A
6 A
1 A
FR–
DOWN
E
6
P–L
(*1)
To Radio and Player
<23–2>
B–R
(*1)
AMP
RL+
5 A
RL–
2 B
6 B
RR+
RR–
1 B
3 B
L
LG
V
P
W
R
Y
B
L
LG
V
P
120A ALT
20A RAD NO. 1
2
3
UP
W–B
R4 A , R5 B
RADIO AND PLAYER
FR+
W
GND
2
1
8
L–Y
4 A
2
2
AMP
7
P–L
(*2)
L–Y
ANT
B–R
(*2)
L–Y
L–Y
1
2
IG
GR
L–Y
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
2
G
5
6 IE1
R
B–R
GR
L–Y
W
A30
AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL RELAY
8 IB1
2
G
GR
7 IE1
GR
ACC
2
R
17 1E
10 1E
4 1B
A33
AUTO ANTENNA
MOTOR
1
2
M
10A
ECU–IG
10 IE1
11 IE1
2 IF3
3 IF3
1
2 ID1
8 ID1
5 IL1
A
1 IL1
W
R
Y
B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1 2A
2
1
2
A
L
L
LG
LG
V
V
P
P
BR
1
B
1
2
1
IF
Left kick
panel
2
F10
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) LH
2
R13
REAR SPEAKER LH
R14
REAR SPEAKER RH
F13
1
W–B
F12
BATTERY
1
2
F11
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) RH
Right kick panel
IH
24 SUPRA
MEMO
Power Source
Combination Meter
1
2
7 AM1
IG1 4
Y
3
Y
Y
B–Y
Y–G
R–G
5 1J
ST1
L–R
L–W
10A
GAUGE
I19
IGNITION SW
L–R
T5
TELLTALE LIGHT LH
2
6
23 II1
Y
15
Y
2
2 II1
L–R
4
L–R
See Theft
Deterrent and
Door Lock Control
System<14–2>
10
L–W
5
Y
11
L–R
R–G
3
See SRS
(Supplemental
Restraint System)
<13–3>
10
1
1
SECURITY
TRAC OFF
5
8
9
2
R
R–Y
See Theft Deterrent
and Door Lock Control
System<14–2>
See ABS and
Traction Control
System<19–4>
25 II1
Y–B
2
See Engine Control
System<3–3><4–3>
See ABS System<18–4>
See ABS and Traction Control
System<19–4>
W
2
3
Y–B
P
2
4
OIL
LEVEL
7
OIL
6
BR
T6
TELLTALE LIGHT RH
<7–3>
1
See Unlock and Seat Belt
Warning System<10–1>
See Interior Light
System<10–1>
50A AM1
(for USA)
60A AM1
(for Canada)
ABS
18
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP
(CHECK ENGINE)
SRS
16
CHARGE
14
REAR
LIGHT
2
2
ODO AND
TRIP
R–G
V10
(for Combination Meter)
3
R
W
2
12
SEAT BELT
5 1B
Y–G
Y
4 1B
1
DOOR
11 1E
Y
Y
R
R
W
8
4 1J
See Illumination
System<8–4>
See Charging
System<1–4>
12 1E
2
4
Y
B–Y
ACC
8 II1
R
R–G
R–Y
120A
ALT
1
7. 5A
DOME
1
1
P
To A/C Amplifier
<26–5>
P
02
OIL PRESSURE
SW
P
To PPS ECU
<20–3>
1 2A
B
COMBINATION METER
P
BATTERY
<3–7><4–7><15–2><16–2>
To Cruise Control
ECU<17–3>
P
11
II1
P
P
5
IF2
P
C10 B BLUE
1 2 3 4 5 6
BR
IF
Left kick panel
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
C11 C BROWN
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
C12 A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
(Cont. next page)
25 SUPRA
Combination Meter
5
Y
Y–G
To Igniter<2–4>
<3–7>
From Park/Neutral Position
SW(Neutral Start SW)(A/T)
<1–3>
From Clutch Start SW(M/T)
<1–3>
See Illumination
System<8–4>
C10 B , C11 C , C12 A
COMBINATION METER
9 B
See Electronically Controlled
Transmission and A/T Indicator
System<15–6><16–6>
B
B–W
Y
Y–G
L–W
L–R
14 A
13 IF2
See Turn Signal
and Hazard Warning
Light System<9–3>
29 II1
4 B
See Cruise Control
System<17–2>
B–W
B–W(*1)
See Headlight
System<5–3><6–4>
L–R
B–W(*2)
To Generator
(Alternator)<1–4>
L–W
8
7
6
Y–G
11 B
*1 : 2JZ–GTE
*2 : 2JZ–GE
13 A
16 A
6 A
2 A
3 A 15 A
6 B
1 C
4 C 10 C
6 C
7 C
8 C 11 C 12 B 13 B
13 C
3 C
G–O
To Rheostat<8–4>
W–B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
1
W–B
B2
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SW
From Traction ECU
<19–8>
W–B
Front side of
left fender
A
A
EB
IH
Right kick panel
L
2
7 B
W–B
From ABS and
Traction ECU
<19–8>
R–W(*1)
BR–W(*2)
BR–W
From ABS and
Traction ECU<19–7>
2
Left kick panel
R–W
(*1)
14 IB2
BR–W
1
P5
PARKING BRAKE
SW
D
N
R
4
R–W
(*1)
BR–W
(Canada)
BR–W
From Daytime Running
Light Relay(Main)
<6–2>
IF
P
2
BR–W
(USA *1)
BR–W
(USA)
From Daytime Running
Light Relay(Main)
<6–1>
F14
FUEL SENDER
12 C
MANU
1
R–W
(*1)
3
BR
Front side of
intake manifold
BR–W
(USA)
4
BR–W
(*2)
E4
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMP. SENSOR
EC
BR–W
(USA)
2
DIODE
B–W(Canada)
BR
BR
BR
1
1 BP1
Y–B
1
B–W(Canada)
B–W
(Canada)
3 BP1
Y–G
2
5 BP1
See ABS and Traction
Control System<19–4>
B–W(Canada)
BR
E7
ENGINE OIL
LEVEL SENSOR
1
15 IF1
3 IE1
Y–B
R–Y
2 IE1
Y–G
G
Y–L
R–G
1 IE1
2 C
See Electronically Controlled
Transmission and A/T Indicator
System<15–6><16–6>
19 II1
O/D OFF
24 II1
7 A
BR–W
33 II1
BR
BR
Y–B
Y–G
Y–L
BR
G
R–Y
R–G
R
1 A
TURN RH
11 A
TURN LH
10 A
HIGH BEAM
8 B
TRAC
9 A
CRUISE
8 A
BRAKE
5 B
MASTER
2 B
TACHO
1 B
FUEL
10 B
WATER
TEMP.
FUEL
SPEED
DELAY
ILLUMINATION
BULB
CHECK
RELAY
Power Source
Radiator Fan Automatic Air Conditioning
1
3
R–L
(2JZ–GTE)
R–L
R–L
10A ECU–B
4
1 2 3 4
R2
RADIATOR FAN
RELAY NO. 1
R–L(2JZ–GTE)
3
L
G–R
13
IG1
3
G
15
IG1
G–R
4
GR
14
IG1
GR
5 6 7
G
L–B
1
A2
A/C CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
M
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
B 4 A BLACK
B 5 B BLACK
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1
2
3
1
2
A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
W–B
W–B
A 3 A BLACK
W–B
1
EA1
2
L
A 3 B GRAY
To Engine Control
Module(Engine and
Electronically
ECU)<3–7><4–8>
1
4
1 2
3
L
L
L–W
5
FRESH
W–B
L–W
L–R
120A ALT
5 IF1
R1
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
1
2
W–B
W–G
L–R
3 IK1
L–B
1
L
W–G
L–W
30A FAN
W
1
M
E5
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMP. SW
(WATER TEMP. SW)
2
2 EA1
3 IB2
2
2
16
IG1
A14 B ORANGE
2
R–L
2
1 IB4
2
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY
2
5
2
R–L
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
L–B
A3
A/C SINGLE
PRESSURE SW
R–L
2
2
L–R
2
3
2
1
2
3
HEATER
RELAY
2
2
W
R–L
R–L
2
1
4
W–B
2
2
2
5
2
50A HTR
1
2
1
2
50A AM1(for USA)
60A AM1(for Canada)
60A POWER
1
1
B
2
2
B
W–R
(2JZ–GTE)
W
W–L
2
2
R–L
3
4 1B
RECIRC
R–L
2
A13 A ORANGE
2
W–R(2JZ–GTE)
R–L
2 1B
5
M
L–R
6
W–B
5 1A 2 1K
4 1J
W–B
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
10 IF1
13 1E
A12 C ORANGE
2
W–B
W
W–R
7. 5A
HTR
1
A24
AIR INLET CONTROL
SERVO MOTOR
R–L
R–L
ST1
I19
IGNITION SW
R3
RADIATOR FAN
RELAY NO. 2
5 1J
R–L
B–Y
R–L(2JZ–GTE)
IG1 4
A/C AMPLIFIER
W–R(2JZ–GTE)
7 AM1
P–L
W–R
P–L
B–Y
ACC 5
4
3
2
HEATER CONTROL SW
10 II1
H12 A ORANGE
H13 B ORANGE
2 A
3 A
2 IK1
A4
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
Right kick panel
2 3 4
5 6 7
8
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
L
L
L–W
L–W
L
L
L
Front side of
left fender
EB
W–B
13
IF3
1
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
W–B
IG
S1
L
EB
1 IK1
W–B
W–B
Front side of
left fender
1 A
W–B
M
1
BR
B3
BLOWER MOTOR
B
BR
2
BATTERY
1 B
GND
W–B
B
2 B
M–
W–B
M+
4
L
1 2A
B4 A ,B5 B
BLOWER MOTOR
CONTROL RELAY
L
+B
1
EA
Front side of
right fender
(Cont. next page)
26 SUPRA
Radiator Fan Automatic Air Conditioning
5
W–R
8 1J
2 1E
G–R
1 A
6 A 18 A
4 A 14 A
17 A
12 A 16 A
1 B
10 B
9 B
13 A
11 A
COOL
2 A
10 A
9 A
W–B
BR–W
L–B
V–W
TP
18 A
AMC
1 A
3 C 13 C
L–M2
AMH
L–M1
SG
3 A
9 A
1 B
L–LO
4 B
SW7
3 B
SW6
LOCK–IN
SW5
TAM
22 C
8 A 10 A
SW4
6 A
SW3
TR
TS
5 A
17 A
GND VER1
W–B
BR–W
W–B
2
BR–W
1
BR–W
A16
A/C ROOM
TEMP. SENSOR
2
V–W
5 IG1
V–W
V–W
V–W
V–W
BR–W
V–W
V–W
4
IG1
V–W
V–W
A
W–B
A
W–B
8 IF3
V–W
V–W
1
A1
A/C AMBIENT
TEMP. SENSOR
V–W
V–W
20 II1
V–W
BR–W
V–W
V–W
V–W
BR–W
V–W
2
3 IB6
A25
AIR MIX CONTROL
SERVO MOTOR
5
S5
2 A 9 B 13 B
P–B
WARM
2
TSET
1
11 IB6
A4
A/C LOCK SENSOR
[A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH]
1
11 B
SW1
W–B
P–B
G–Y
V–W
2
COOL
4
V–W
1
M
A26
AIR VENT MODE
CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
V–W
3
V
1
R–Y
2
4 A
BR–W
R–Y
DEF
1
G–W
FACE
M
A15
A/C EVAPORATOR
TEMP. SENSOR
2
L–Y
2
E11
(for A/C System)
LG–R
Y–L
W
1
Y–G
G–W
7 IF3
26 II1
SW2
A17
A/C SOLAR SENSOR
Y–L
L–Y
9 IG1
2 B
P–B
LG–R
2 IG1
L–M3
G–Y[
Y–L
8 IG1
L–HI
V
W
3 IG1
5
7 B
P–B
TE
7 A
11 IG1
4
Y–B
TW
16 A
6 C 17 C 18 C 19 C 12 C 15 C 14 C
L–MAUTO
L–FRS
L–FACE
L–REC
L–A/C
7 IG1
3
2 B
L–R
G–W
R–W
W–L
LG–R
R
P–B
B–W
P
AOD
8 C
2 C
L–B/L
L–FOOT
1 IG1
LG
A
BR–W
W–B
EA
3 A
LG
AOF
9 C
1 C
L–F/D
BR–W
Front side of
right fender
7 A 15 A
6 IG1
<3–6><4–8>
A , B
W–B
L
A3
A/C DUAL
PRESSURE SW
L
4 A (*1)
1 B (*2)
(Engine and Electronically Controlled
Transmission ECU)(2JZ–GTE)<3–7>
From Igniter(2JZ–GE)<2–4>
L–Y
1 A (*1)
2 B (*2)
OFF
L–R
B–W
L–Y
12 IB6
L–W
31 II1
11 B
LG
29 II1
TPO
10 B
L–R
B–W
L–Y
L
L–W
L
6 IF3
FAND– FAND+
B
4 C 10 C 11 C
L–RDEF
MGC
4 B 12 B
GR
16 C
IG
6 B
3 B
LG–B
IGN
21 C
6 B
R–B
PSW
14 A
A/C
A , A14 B
A/C AMPLIFIER
L–DEF
7 C 16 B 15 B
REC/
FRS
FACE AUTO
G
RDEFGR
B/L
BR–W
SPEED
FOOT
Y
BLW
+B
A12 C , A13
8 B
BR
A/C–IN HR
ACC
18 B
5 A
R–Y
AIR
11 A
R–L
AIM/AMOUT
AIF
7 B
B
20 C
P
W–R
L–R
GR
20 B 19 B
V
R–L
17 B
F/D
WARM
R–L
G
From Rear Window Defogger
Relay<20–1>
<25–1>
15A
CIG
Rr–
DEFOG DEF
H12 A , H13 B
HEATER CONTROL SW
P–L
R–L
8
7
6
R–L
P–L
*1 : 2JZ–GTE
*2 : 2JZ–GE
Right kick panel
IH
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

Wiring Diagrams

Transcription

Similar documents

Dezember 2004

HILUX Electrical Wiring Diagram

home collection - MP Collections

m overall electrical wiring diagram

1 RX 300 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM